عَالَمِين AALAMIN Read the Qur'an in context Read the Qur'an

Read the surah · Surah 4

An-Nisaaالنساء

The Women · 176 verses · Medinan

In plain wordsEditorial

An editorial summary of the translations. Not a translation or tafsir.

One hundred and seventy-six verses, most of them law addressed to a community: orphans and their property, marriage, and how the estate of someone who has died is divided — taking its name from the women who are its recurring subject, and closing on a ruling about what a man's sister receives if he dies childless. It is the second longest surah by word count.

not a scholar — what this signature means

I am not a scholar, and nothing here asks you to treat me as one. The plain words on this site are my restatement of what the five translations shown above say, together with counts derived from the text itself — nothing more. I sign them so that a named person is accountable for every sentence, not so you'll take my word for anything. The authority on this page is the text and its translators. If my words don't match theirs, mine are the ones that are wrong.

The whole surah, verse after verse, in the language you have chosen.

Easy-read

Easy-read · not authoritative

Talal Itani · published 2012

Verse 1 of 176

1%

4:1

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ ٱتَّقُوا۟ رَبَّكُمُ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍ وَٰحِدَةٍ وَخَلَقَ مِنْهَا زَوْجَهَا وَبَثَّ مِنْهُمَا رِجَالًا كَثِيرًا وَنِسَآءً وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِى تَسَآءَلُونَ بِهِۦ وَٱلْأَرْحَامَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلَيْكُمْ رَقِيبًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa n-naasu taqoo rabbakumu lladhee khalaqakum min nafsin waahidatin wakhalaqa minhaa zawjahaa wabaththa minhumaa rijaalan katheeran wanisaa'an waattaqoo llaaha lladhee tasaa'aloona bihi wal-'arhaama inna llaaha kaana 'alaykum raqeebaa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā n-nāsu taqū rabbakumu llaḏī ḫalaqakum min nafsin wāḥidatin waḫalaqa minhā zawǧahā wabaṯṯa minhumā riǧālan kaṯīran wanisāʾan wāttaqū llāha llaḏī tasāʾalūna bihi wal-ʾarḥāma ʾinna llāha kāna ʿalaykum raqīban

O people! Fear your Lord, who created you from a single soul, and created from it its mate, and propagated from them many men and women. And revere God whom you ask about, and the parents. Surely, God is Watchful over you.

Compare translations (4)

O mankind! Be careful of your duty to your Lord Who created you from a single soul and from it created its mate and from them twain hath spread abroad a multitude of men and women. Be careful of your duty toward Allah in Whom ye claim (your rights) of one another, and toward the wombs (that bare you). Lo! Allah hath been a watcher over you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye folk! fear your Lord, who created you from one soul, and created therefrom its mate, and diffused from them twain many men and women. And fear God, in whose name ye beg of one another, and the wombs; verily, God over you doth watch

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O MEN! fear your Lord, who hath created you of one man (nafs, soul), and of him created his wife, and from these twain hath spread abroad so many men and WOMEN. And fear ye God, in whose name ye ask mutual favours, - and reverence the wombs that bare you. Verily is God watching over you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O men, fear your Lord, who hath created you out of one man, and out of him created his wife, and from them two hath multiplied many men, and women: And fear God by whom ye beseech one another; and respect women who have born you, for God is watching over you

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:2

وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰٓ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ وَلَا تَتَبَدَّلُوا۟ ٱلْخَبِيثَ بِٱلطَّيِّبِ وَلَا تَأْكُلُوٓا۟ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ إِلَىٰٓ أَمْوَٰلِكُمْ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ حُوبًا كَبِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'aatoo l-yataamaa amwaalahum walaa tatabaddaloo l-khabeetha bit-tayyibi walaa ta'kuloo amwaalahum ilaa amwaalikum innahu kaana hooban kabeeraa

DIN 31635waʾātū l-yatāmā ʾamwālahum walā tatabaddalū l-ḫabīṯa biṭ-ṭayyibi walā taʾkulū ʾamwālahum ʾilā ʾamwālikum ʾinnahu kāna ḥūban kabīran

And give orphans their properties, and do not substitute the bad for the good. And do not consume their properties by combining them with yours, for that would be a serious sin.

Compare translations (4)

Give unto orphans their wealth. Exchange not the good for the bad (in your management thereof) nor absorb their wealth into your own wealth. Lo! that would be a great sin

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And give unto the orphans their property, and give them not the vile in exchange for the good, and devour not their property to your own property; verily, that were a great sin

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And give to the orphans their property; substitute not worthless things of your own for their valuable ones, and devour not their property after adding it to your own; for this is a great crime

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And give the orphans when they come to age their substance; and render them not in exchange bad for good: And devour not their substance, by adding it to your own substance; for this is a great sin

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:3

وَإِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَلَّا تُقْسِطُوا۟ فِى ٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ فَٱنكِحُوا۟ مَا طَابَ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ مَثْنَىٰ وَثُلَٰثَ وَرُبَٰعَ فَإِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَلَّا تَعْدِلُوا۟ فَوَٰحِدَةً أَوْ مَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُمْ ذَٰلِكَ أَدْنَىٰٓ أَلَّا تَعُولُوا۟

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in khiftum allaa tuqsitoo fee l-yataamaa faankihoo maa taaba lakum mina n-nisaa'i mathnaa wathulaatha warubaa'a fa'in khiftum allaa ta'diloo fawaahidatan aw maa malakat aymaanukum dhaalika adnaa allaa ta'ooloo

DIN 31635waʾin ḫiftum ʾallā tuqsiṭū fī l-yatāmā fānkiḥū mā ṭāba lakum mina n-nisāʾi maṯnā waṯulāṯa warubāʿa faʾin ḫiftum ʾallā taʿdilū fawāḥidatan ʾaw mā malakat ʾaymānukum ḏālika ʾadnā ʾallā taʿūlū

The translators word this verse differently

If you fear you cannot act fairly towards the orphans-then marry the women you like-two, or three, or four. But if you fear you will not be fair, then one, or what you already have. That makes it more likely that you avoid bias.

Compare translations (4)

And if ye fear that ye will not deal fairly by the orphans, marry of the women, who seem good to you, two or three or four; and if ye fear that ye cannot do justice (to so many) then one (only) or (the captives) that your right hands possess. Thus it is more likely that ye will not do injustice

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But if ye fear that ye cannot do justice between orphans, then marry what seems good to you of women, by twos, or threes, or fours; and if ye fear that ye cannot be equitable, then only one, or what your right hands possess. That keeps you nearer to not being partial

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if ye are apprehensive that ye shall not deal fairly with orphans, then, of other women who seem good in your eyes, marry but two, or three, or four; and if ye still fear that ye shall not act equitably, then one only; or the slaves whom ye have acquired: this will make justice on your part easier

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if ye fear that ye shall not act with equity towards orphans of the female sex, take in marriage of such other women as please you, two, or three, or four, and not more. But if ye fear that ye cannot act equitably towards so many, marry one only, or the slaves which ye shall have acquired. This will be easier, that ye swerve not from righteousness

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:4

وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلنِّسَآءَ صَدُقَٰتِهِنَّ نِحْلَةً فَإِن طِبْنَ لَكُمْ عَن شَىْءٍ مِّنْهُ نَفْسًا فَكُلُوهُ هَنِيٓـًٔا مَّرِيٓـًٔا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'aatoo n-nisaa'a saduqaatihinna nihlatan fa'in tibna lakum 'an shay'in minhu nafsan fakuloohu hanee'an maree'aa

DIN 31635waʾātū n-nisāʾa ṣaduqātihinna niḥlatan faʾin ṭibna lakum ʿan šayʾin minhu nafsan fakulūhu hanīʾan marīʾan

The translators word this verse differently

Give women their dowries graciously. But if they willingly forego some of it, then consume it with enjoyment and pleasure.

Compare translations (4)

And give unto the women (whom ye marry) free gift of their marriage portions; but if they of their own accord remit unto you a part thereof, then ye are welcome to absorb it (in your wealth)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And give women their dowries freely; and if they are good enough to remit any of it of themselves, then devour it with good digestion and appetite

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Give women their dowry freely; but if of themselves they give up aught thereof to you, then enjoy it as convenient, and profitable

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And give women their dowry freely; but if they voluntarily remit unto you any part of it, enjoy it with satisfaction and advantage

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:5

وَلَا تُؤْتُوا۟ ٱلسُّفَهَآءَ أَمْوَٰلَكُمُ ٱلَّتِى جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ قِيَٰمًا وَٱرْزُقُوهُمْ فِيهَا وَٱكْسُوهُمْ وَقُولُوا۟ لَهُمْ قَوْلًا مَّعْرُوفًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tu'too s-sufahaa'a amwaalakumu llatee ja'ala llaahu lakum qiyaaman warzuqoohum feehaa waksoohum waqooloo lahum qawlan ma'roofaa

DIN 31635walā tuʾtū s-sufahāʾa ʾamwālakumu llatī ǧaʿala llāhu lakum qiyāman warzuqūhum fīhā waksūhum waqūlū lahum qawlan maʿrūfan

Do not give the immature your money which God has assigned to you for support. But provide for them from it, and clothe them, and speak to them with kind words.

Compare translations (4)

Give not unto the foolish (what is in) your (keeping of their) wealth, which Allah hath given you to maintain; but feed and clothe them from it, and speak kindly unto them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But do not give up to fools their property which God has made you to stand by; but maintain them from it, and clothe them, and speak to them with a reasonable speech

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And entrust not to the incapable the substance which God hath placed with you for their support; but maintain them therewith, and clothe them, and speak to them with kindly speech

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And give not unto those who are weak of understanding, the substance which God hath appointed you to preserve for them; but maintain them thereout, and clothe them, and speak kindly unto them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:6

وَٱبْتَلُوا۟ ٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا بَلَغُوا۟ ٱلنِّكَاحَ فَإِنْ ءَانَسْتُم مِّنْهُمْ رُشْدًا فَٱدْفَعُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِمْ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ وَلَا تَأْكُلُوهَآ إِسْرَافًا وَبِدَارًا أَن يَكْبَرُوا۟ وَمَن كَانَ غَنِيًّا فَلْيَسْتَعْفِفْ وَمَن كَانَ فَقِيرًا فَلْيَأْكُلْ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ فَإِذَا دَفَعْتُمْ إِلَيْهِمْ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ فَأَشْهِدُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ حَسِيبًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wabtaloo l-yataamaa hattaa idhaa balaghoo n-nikaaha fa'in aanastum minhum rushdan fadfa'oo ilayhim amwaalahum walaa ta'kuloohaa israafan wabidaaran an yakbaroo waman kaana ghaniyyan falyasta'fif waman kaana faqeeran falya'kul bil-ma'roofi fa'idhaa dafa'tum ilayhim amwaalahum fa'ashhidoo 'alayhim wakafaa billaahi haseebaa

DIN 31635wabtalū l-yatāmā ḥattā ʾiḏā balaġū n-nikāḥa faʾin ʾānastum minhum rušdan fadfaʿū ʾilayhim ʾamwālahum walā taʾkulūhā ʾisrāfan wabidāran ʾan yakbarū waman kāna ġaniyyan falyastaʿfif waman kāna faqīran falyaʾkul bil-maʿrūfi faʾiḏā dafaʿtum ʾilayhim ʾamwālahum faʾašhidū ʿalayhim wakafā billāhi ḥasīban

The translators word this verse differently

Test the orphans until they reach the age of marriage. If you find them to be mature enough, hand over their properties to them. And do not consume it extravagantly or hastily before they grow up. The rich shall not charge any wage, but the poor may charge fairly. When you hand over their properties to them, have it witnessed for them. God suffices as a Reckoner.

Compare translations (4)

Prove orphans till they reach the marriageable age; then, if ye find them of sound judgment, deliver over unto them their fortune; and devour it not by squandering and in haste lest they should grow up Whoso (of the guardians) is rich, let him abstain generously (from taking of the property of orphans); and whoso is poor let him take thereof in reason (for his guardianship). And when ye deliver up their fortune unto orphans, have (the transaction) witnessed in their presence. Allah sufficeth as a Reckoner

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Prove orphans until they reach a marriageable age, and if ye perceive in them right management, then hand over to them their property, and do not devour it extravagantly in anticipation of their growing up. And he who is rich, let him abstain; but he who is poor, let him devour in reason, and when ye hand over to them their property, then take witnesses against them; but God sufficeth for taking account

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And make trial of orphans until they reach the age of marriage; and if ye perceive in them a sound judgment, then hand over their substance to them; but consume ye it not wastefully, or by hastily entrusting it to them; Because they are growing up. And let the rich guardian not even touch it; and let him who is poor use it for his support (eat of it) with discretion. And when ye make over their substance to them, then take witnesses in their presence: God also maketh a sufficient account

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And examine the orphans until they attain the age of marriage: But if ye perceive they are able to manage their affairs well, deliver their substance unto them; and waste it not extravagantly, or hastily, because they grow up. Let him who is rich abstain entirely from the orphans estates; and let him who is poor take thereof according to what shall be reasonable. And when ye deliver their substance unto them, call witnesses thereof in their presence: God taketh sufficient account of your actions

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:7

لِّلرِّجَالِ نَصِيبٌ مِّمَّا تَرَكَ ٱلْوَٰلِدَانِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبُونَ وَلِلنِّسَآءِ نَصِيبٌ مِّمَّا تَرَكَ ٱلْوَٰلِدَانِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبُونَ مِمَّا قَلَّ مِنْهُ أَوْ كَثُرَ نَصِيبًا مَّفْرُوضًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)lilrrijaali naseebun mimmaa taraka l-waalidaani wal-'aqraboona walilnnisaa'i naseebun mimmaa taraka l-waalidaani wal-'aqraboona mimmaa qalla minhu aw kathura naseeban mafroodaa

DIN 31635lilrriǧāli naṣībun mimmā taraka l-wālidāni wal-ʾaqrabūna walilnnisāʾi naṣībun mimmā taraka l-wālidāni wal-ʾaqrabūna mimmā qalla minhu ʾaw kaṯura naṣīban mafrūḍan

Men receive a share of what their parents and relatives leave, and women receive a share of what their parents and relatives leave; be it little or much-a legal share.

Compare translations (4)

Unto the men (of a family) belongeth a share of that which parents and near kindred leave, and unto the women a share of that which parents and near kindred leave, whether it be little or much - a legal share

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Men should have a portion of what their parents and kindred leave, and women should have a portion of what their parents and kindred leave, whether it be little or much, a determined portion

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Men ought to have a part of what their parents and kindred leave; and women a part of what their parents and kindred leave: whether it be little or much, let them have a stated portion

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Men ought to have a part of what their parents and kindred leave behind them when they die: And women also ought to have a part of what their parents and kindred leave, whether it be little, or whether it be much; a determinate part is due to them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:8

وَإِذَا حَضَرَ ٱلْقِسْمَةَ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينُ فَٱرْزُقُوهُم مِّنْهُ وَقُولُوا۟ لَهُمْ قَوْلًا مَّعْرُوفًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa hadara l-qismata ooloo l-qurbaa wal-yataamaa wal-masaakeenu farzuqoohum minhu waqooloo lahum qawlan ma'roofaa

DIN 31635waʾiḏā ḥaḍara l-qismata ʾūlū l-qurbā wal-yatāmā wal-masākīnu farzuqūhum minhu waqūlū lahum qawlan maʿrūfan

The translators word this verse differently

If the distribution is attended by the relatives, and the orphans, and the needy, give them something out of it, and speak to them kindly.

Compare translations (4)

And when kinsfolk and orphans and the needy are present at the division (of the heritage), bestow on them therefrom and speak kindly unto them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when the next of kin and the orphans and the poor are present at the division, then maintain them out of it, and speak to them a reasonable speech

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when they who are of kin are present at the division, and the orphans and the poor, let them too have a share; and speak to them with kindly speech

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when they who are of kin are present at the dividing of what is left, and also the orphans, and the poor; distribute unto them some part thereof; and if the estate be too small, at least speak comfortably unto them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:9

وَلْيَخْشَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَوْ تَرَكُوا۟ مِنْ خَلْفِهِمْ ذُرِّيَّةً ضِعَٰفًا خَافُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ فَلْيَتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَلْيَقُولُوا۟ قَوْلًا سَدِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walyakhsha lladheena law tarakoo min khalfihim dhurriyyatan di'aafan khaafoo 'alayhim falyattaqoo llaaha walyaqooloo qawlan sadeedaa

DIN 31635walyaḫša llaḏīna law tarakū min ḫalfihim ḏurriyyatan ḍiʿāfan ḫāfū ʿalayhim falyattaqū llāha walyaqūlū qawlan sadīdan

The translators word this verse differently

Those who are concerned about the fate of their weak children, in case they leave them behind, should fear God, and speak appropriate words.

Compare translations (4)

And let those fear (in their behaviour toward orphans) who if they left behind them weak offspring would be afraid for them. So let them mind their duty to Allah, and speak justly

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And let these fear lest they leave behind them a weak seed, for whom they would be afraid; and let them fear God, and speak a straightforward speech

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And let those be afraid to wrong the orphans, who, should they leave behind them weakly offspring, would be solicitous on their account. Let them, therefore, fear God, and let them propose what is right

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And let those fear to abuse orphans, who if they leave behind them a weak off-spring, are sollicitous for them: let them therefore fear God, and speak that which is convenient

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:10

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَأْكُلُونَ أَمْوَٰلَ ٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ ظُلْمًا إِنَّمَا يَأْكُلُونَ فِى بُطُونِهِمْ نَارًا وَسَيَصْلَوْنَ سَعِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena ya'kuloona amwaala l-yataamaa zulman innamaa ya'kuloona fee butoonihim naaran wasayaslawna sa'eeraa

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna yaʾkulūna ʾamwāla l-yatāmā ẓulman ʾinnamā yaʾkulūna fī buṭūnihim nāran wasayaṣlawna saʿīran

Those who consume the wealth of orphans illicitly consume only fire into their bellies; and they will roast in a Blaze.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Those who devour the wealth of orphans wrongfully, they do but swallow fire into their bellies, and they will be exposed to burning flame

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who devour the property of orphans unjustly, only devour into their bellies fire, and they shall broil in flames

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily they who swallow the substance of the orphan wrongfully, shall swallow down only fire into their bellies, and shall burn in the flame

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Surely they who devour the possessions of orphans unjustly, shall swallow down nothing but fire into their bellies, and shall broil in raging flames

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:11

يُوصِيكُمُ ٱللَّهُ فِىٓ أَوْلَٰدِكُمْ لِلذَّكَرِ مِثْلُ حَظِّ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ فَإِن كُنَّ نِسَآءً فَوْقَ ٱثْنَتَيْنِ فَلَهُنَّ ثُلُثَا مَا تَرَكَ وَإِن كَانَتْ وَٰحِدَةً فَلَهَا ٱلنِّصْفُ وَلِأَبَوَيْهِ لِكُلِّ وَٰحِدٍ مِّنْهُمَا ٱلسُّدُسُ مِمَّا تَرَكَ إِن كَانَ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌ فَإِن لَّمْ يَكُن لَّهُۥ وَلَدٌ وَوَرِثَهُۥٓ أَبَوَاهُ فَلِأُمِّهِ ٱلثُّلُثُ فَإِن كَانَ لَهُۥٓ إِخْوَةٌ فَلِأُمِّهِ ٱلسُّدُسُ مِنۢ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصِى بِهَآ أَوْ دَيْنٍ ءَابَآؤُكُمْ وَأَبْنَآؤُكُمْ لَا تَدْرُونَ أَيُّهُمْ أَقْرَبُ لَكُمْ نَفْعًا فَرِيضَةً مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yooseekumu llaahu fee awlaadikum lildhdhakari mithlu hazzi l-'unthayayni fa'in kunna nisaa'an fawqa thnatayni falahunna thuluthaa maa taraka wa'in kaanat waahidatan falahaa n-nisfu wali'abawayhi likulli waahidin minhumaa s-sudusu mimmaa taraka in kaana lahu waladun fa'in lam yakun lahu waladun wawarithahu abawaahu fali'ummihi th-thuluthu fa'in kaana lahu ikhwatun fali'ummihi s-sudusu min ba'di wasiyyatin yoosee bihaa aw daynin aabaa'ukum wa'abnaa'ukum laa tadroona ayyuhum aqrabu lakum naf'an fareedatan mina llaahi inna llaaha kaana 'aleeman hakeemaa

DIN 31635yūṣīkumu llāhu fī ʾawlādikum lilḏḏakari miṯlu ḥaẓẓi l-ʾunṯayayni faʾin kunna nisāʾan fawqa ṯnatayni falahunna ṯuluṯā mā taraka waʾin kānat wāḥidatan falahā n-niṣfu waliʾabawayhi likulli wāḥidin minhumā s-sudusu mimmā taraka ʾin kāna lahu waladun faʾin lam yakun lahu waladun wawariṯahu ʾabawāhu faliʾummihi ṯ-ṯuluṯu faʾin kāna lahu ʾiḫwatun faliʾummihi s-sudusu min baʿdi waṣiyyatin yūṣī bihā ʾaw daynin ʾābāʾukum waʾabnāʾukum lā tadrūna ʾayyuhum ʾaqrabu lakum nafʿan farīḍatan mina llāhi ʾinna llāha kāna ʿalīman ḥakīman

God instructs you regarding your children: The male receives the equivalent of the share of two females. If they are daughters, more than two, they get two-thirds of what he leaves. If there is only one, she gets one-half. As for the parents, each gets one-sixth of what he leaves, if he had children. If he had no children, and his parents inherit from him, his mother gets one-third. If he has siblings, his mother gets one-sixth. After fulfilling any bequest and paying off debts. Your parents and your children-you do not know which are closer to you in welfare. This is God's Law. God is Knowing and Judicious.

Compare translations (4)

Allah chargeth you concerning (the provision for) your children: to the male the equivalent of the portion of two females, and if there be women more than two, then theirs is two-thirds of the inheritance, and if there be one (only) then the half. And to each of his parents a sixth of the inheritance, if he have a son; and if he have no son and his parents are his heirs, then to his mother appertaineth the third; and if he have brethren, then to his mother appertaineth the sixth, after any legacy he may have bequeathed, or debt (hath been paid). Your parents and your children: Ye know not which of them is nearer unto you in usefulness. It is an injunction from Allah. Lo! Allah is Knower, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God instructs you concerning your children; for a male the like of the portion of two females, and if there be women above two, then let them have two-thirds of what (the deceased) leaves; and if there be but one, then let her have a half; and as to the parents, to each of them a sixth of what he leaves, if he has a son; but if he have no son, and his parents inherit, then let his mother have a third, and if he have brethren, let his mother have a sixth after payment of the bequest he bequeaths and of his debt. Your parents or your children, ye know not which of them is nearest to you in usefulness: - an ordinance this from God; verily, God is knowing and wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

With regard to your children, God commandeth you to give the male the portion of two females; and if they be females more than two, then they shall have two-thirds of that which their father hath left: but if she be an only daughter, she shall have the half; and the father and mother of the deceased shall each of them have a sixth part of what he hath left, if he have a child; but if he have no child, and his parents be his heirs, then his mother shall have the third: and if he have brethren, his mother shall have the sixth, after paying the bequests he shall have bequeathed, and his debts. As to your fathers, or your children, ye know not which of them is the most advantageous to you. This is the law of God. Verily, God is Knowing, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God hath thus commanded you concerning your children. A male shall have as much as the share of two females: But if they be females only, and above two in number, they shall have two third parts of what the deceased shall leave; and if there be but one, she shall have the half. And the parents of the deceased shall have each of them a sixth part of what he shall leave, if he have a child: But if he have no child, and his parents be his heirs, then his mother shall have the third part. And if he have brethren, his mother shall have a sixth part, after the legacies which he shall bequeath, and his debts be paid. Ye know not whether your parents or your children be of greater use unto you. This is an ordinance from God, and God is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:12

وَلَكُمْ نِصْفُ مَا تَرَكَ أَزْوَٰجُكُمْ إِن لَّمْ يَكُن لَّهُنَّ وَلَدٌ فَإِن كَانَ لَهُنَّ وَلَدٌ فَلَكُمُ ٱلرُّبُعُ مِمَّا تَرَكْنَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصِينَ بِهَآ أَوْ دَيْنٍ وَلَهُنَّ ٱلرُّبُعُ مِمَّا تَرَكْتُمْ إِن لَّمْ يَكُن لَّكُمْ وَلَدٌ فَإِن كَانَ لَكُمْ وَلَدٌ فَلَهُنَّ ٱلثُّمُنُ مِمَّا تَرَكْتُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ تُوصُونَ بِهَآ أَوْ دَيْنٍ وَإِن كَانَ رَجُلٌ يُورَثُ كَلَٰلَةً أَوِ ٱمْرَأَةٌ وَلَهُۥٓ أَخٌ أَوْ أُخْتٌ فَلِكُلِّ وَٰحِدٍ مِّنْهُمَا ٱلسُّدُسُ فَإِن كَانُوٓا۟ أَكْثَرَ مِن ذَٰلِكَ فَهُمْ شُرَكَآءُ فِى ٱلثُّلُثِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصَىٰ بِهَآ أَوْ دَيْنٍ غَيْرَ مُضَآرٍّ وَصِيَّةً مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walakum nisfu maa taraka azwaajukum in lam yakun lahunna waladun fa'in kaana lahunna waladun falakumu r-rubu'u mimmaa tarakna min ba'di wasiyyatin yooseena bihaa aw daynin walahunna r-rubu'u mimmaa taraktum in lam yakun lakum waladun fa'in kaana lakum waladun falahunna th-thumunu mimmaa taraktum min ba'di wasiyyatin toosoona bihaa aw daynin wa'in kaana rajulun yoorathu kalaalatan awi mra'atun walahu akhun aw ukhtun falikulli waahidin minhumaa s-sudusu fa'in kaanoo akthara min dhaalika fahum shurakaa'u fee th-thuluthi min ba'di wasiyyatin yoosaa bihaa aw daynin ghayra mudaarrin wasiyyatan mina llaahi wallaahu 'aleemun haleem

DIN 31635walakum niṣfu mā taraka ʾazwāǧukum ʾin lam yakun lahunna waladun faʾin kāna lahunna waladun falakumu r-rubuʿu mimmā tarakna min baʿdi waṣiyyatin yūṣīna bihā ʾaw daynin walahunna r-rubuʿu mimmā taraktum ʾin lam yakun lakum waladun faʾin kāna lakum waladun falahunna ṯ-ṯumunu mimmā taraktum min baʿdi waṣiyyatin tūṣūna bihā ʾaw daynin waʾin kāna raǧulun yūraṯu kalālatan ʾawi mraʾatun walahu ʾaḫun ʾaw ʾuḫtun falikulli wāḥidin minhumā s-sudusu faʾin kānū ʾakṯara min ḏālika fahum šurakāʾu fī ṯ-ṯuluṯi min baʿdi waṣiyyatin yūṣā bihā ʾaw daynin ġayra muḍārrin waṣiyyatan mina llāhi wallāhu ʿalīmun ḥalīmun

You get one-half of what your wives leave behind, if they had no children. If they had children, you get one-fourth of what they leave. After fulfilling any bequest and paying off debts. They get one-fourth of what you leave behind, if you have no children. If you have children, they get one-eighth of what you leave. After fulfilling any bequest and paying off debts. If a man or woman leaves neither parents nor children, but has a brother or sister, each of them gets one-sixth. If there are more siblings, they share one-third. After fulfilling any bequest and paying off debts, without any prejudice. This is a will from God. God is Knowing and Clement.

Compare translations (4)

And unto you belongeth a half of that which your wives leave, if they have no child; but if they have a child then unto you the fourth of that which they leave, after any legacy they may have bequeathed, or debt (they may have contracted, hath been paid). And unto them belongeth the fourth of that which ye leave if ye have no child, but if ye have a child then the eighth of that which ye leave, after any legacy ye may have bequeathed, or debt (ye may have contracted, hath been paid). And if a man or a woman have a distant heir (having left neither parent nor child), and he (or she) have a brother or a sister (only on the mother's side) then to each of them twain (the brother and the sister) the sixth, and if they be more than two, then they shall be sharers in the third, after any legacy that may have been bequeathed or debt (contracted) not injuring (the heirs by willing away more than a third of the heritage) hath been paid. A commandment from Allah. Allah is Knower, Indulgent

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And ye shall have half of what your wives leave, if they have no son; but if they have a son, then ye shall have a fourth of what they leave, after payment of the bequests they bequeath or of their debts. And they shall have a fourth of what ye leave, if ye have no son; but if ye have a son, then let them have an eighth of what ye leave, after payment of the bequest ye bequeath and of your debts. And if the man's or the woman's (property) be inherited by a kinsman who is neither parent nor child, and he have a brother or sister, then let each of these two have a sixth; but if they are more than that, let them share in a third after payment of the bequest he bequeaths and of his debts, without prejudice, - an ordinance this from God, and God is knowing and clement

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Half of what your wives leave shall be your's, if they have no issue; but if they have issue, then a fourth of what they leave shall be your's, after paying the bequests they shall bequeath, and debts. And your wives shall have a fourth part of what ye leave, if ye have no issue; but if ye have issue, then they shall have an eighth part of what ye leave, after paying the bequests ye shall bequeath, and debts. If a man or a woman make a distant relation their heir, and he or she have a brother or a sister, each of these two shall have a sixth; but if there are more than this, then shall they be sharers in a third, after payment of the bequests he shall have bequeathed, and debts, Without loss to any one. This is the ordinance of God, and God is Knowing, Gracious

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover ye may claim half of what your wives shall leave, if they have no issue; but if they have issue, then ye shall have the fourth part of what they shall leave, after the legacies which they shall bequeath, and the debts be paid. They also shall have the fourth part of what ye shall leave, in case ye have no issue; but if ye have issue, then they shall have the eighth part of what ye shall leave, after the legacies which ye shall bequeath, and your debts be paid. And if a man or woman's substance be inherited by a distant relation, and he or she have a brother or sister; each of them two shall have a sixth part of the estate. But if there be more than this number, they shall be equal sharers in a third part, after payment of the legacies which shall be bequeathed, and the debts, without prejudice to the heirs. This is an ordinance from God: And God is knowing and gracious

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:13

تِلْكَ حُدُودُ ٱللَّهِ وَمَن يُطِعِ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ يُدْخِلْهُ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا وَذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)tilka hudoodu llaahi waman yuti'i llaaha warasoolahu yudkhilhu jannaatin tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru khaalideena feehaa wadhaalika l-fawzu l-'azeem

DIN 31635tilka ḥudūdu llāhi waman yuṭiʿi llāha warasūlahu yudḫilhu ǧannātin taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru ḫālidīna fīhā waḏālika l-fawzu l-ʿaẓīmu

These are the bounds set by God. Whoever obeys God and His Messenger, He will admit him into Gardens beneath which rivers flow, to abide therein forever. That is the great attainment.

Compare translations (4)

These are the limits (imposed by) Allah. Whoso obeyeth Allah and His messenger, He will make him enter Gardens underneath which rivers flow, where such will dwell for ever. That will be the great success

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These be God's bounds, and whoso obeys God and the Apostle He will make him enter into gardens beneath which rivers flow, and they shall dwell therein for aye;- that is the mighty happiness

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are the precepts of God; and whoso obeyeth God and his prophet, him shall God bring into gardens beneath whose shades the rivers flow, therein to abide for ever: and this, the great blessedness

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These are the statutes of God. And whoso obeyeth God and his apostle, God shall lead him into gardens wherein rivers flow, they shall continue therein for ever; and this shall be great happiness

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:14

وَمَن يَعْصِ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ وَيَتَعَدَّ حُدُودَهُۥ يُدْخِلْهُ نَارًا خَٰلِدًا فِيهَا وَلَهُۥ عَذَابٌ مُّهِينٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman ya'si llaaha warasoolahu wayata'adda hudoodahu yudkhilhu naaran khaalidan feehaa walahu 'adhaabun muheen

DIN 31635waman yaʿṣi llāha warasūlahu wayataʿadda ḥudūdahu yudḫilhu nāran ḫālidan fīhā walahu ʿaḏābun muhīnun

The translators word this verse differently

But whoever disobeys God and His Messenger, and oversteps His bounds, He will admit him into a Fire, wherein he abides forever, and he will have a shameful punishment.

Compare translations (4)

And whoso disobeyeth Allah and His messenger and transgresseth His limits, He will make him enter Fire, where he will dwell for ever; his will be a shameful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But whoso rebels against God and His Apostle, and transgresses His bounds, He will make him enter into fire, and dwell therein for aye; and for him is shameful woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whoso shall rebel against God and his apostle, and shall break His bounds, him shall God place in the fire to abide therein for ever; and his shall be a shameful torment

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But whoso disobeyeth God, and his apostle, and transgresseth his statutes, God shall cast him into hell fire; he shall remain therein for ever, and he shall suffer a shameful punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:15

وَٱلَّٰتِى يَأْتِينَ ٱلْفَٰحِشَةَ مِن نِّسَآئِكُمْ فَٱسْتَشْهِدُوا۟ عَلَيْهِنَّ أَرْبَعَةً مِّنكُمْ فَإِن شَهِدُوا۟ فَأَمْسِكُوهُنَّ فِى ٱلْبُيُوتِ حَتَّىٰ يَتَوَفَّىٰهُنَّ ٱلْمَوْتُ أَوْ يَجْعَلَ ٱللَّهُ لَهُنَّ سَبِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wallaatee ya'teena l-faahishata min nisaa'ikum fastashhidoo 'alayhinna arba'atan minkum fa'in shahidoo fa'amsikoohunna fee l-buyooti hattaa yatawaffaahunna l-mawtu aw yaj'ala llaahu lahunna sabeelaa

DIN 31635wallātī yaʾtīna l-fāḥišata min nisāʾikum fastašhidū ʿalayhinna ʾarbaʿatan minkum faʾin šahidū faʾamsikūhunna fī l-buyūti ḥattā yatawaffāhunna l-mawtu ʾaw yaǧʿala llāhu lahunna sabīlan

Those of your women who commit lewdness, you must have four witnesses against them, from among you. If they testify, confine them to the homes until death claims them, or God makes a way for them.

Compare translations (4)

As for those of your women who are guilty of lewdness, call to witness four of you against them. And if they testify (to the truth of the allegation) then confine them to the houses until death take them or (until) Allah appoint for them a way (through new legislation)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Against those of your women who commit adultery, call witnesses four in number from among yourselves; and if these bear witness, then keep the women in houses until death release them, or God shall make for them a way

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If any of your women be guilty of whoredom, then bring four witnesses against them from among yourselves; and if they bear witness to the fact, shut them up within their houses till death release them, or God make some way for them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If any of your women be guilty of whoredom, produce four witnesses from among you against them, and if they bear witness against them, imprison them in separate apartments until death release them, or God affordeth them a way to escape

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:16

وَٱلَّذَانِ يَأْتِيَٰنِهَا مِنكُمْ فَـَٔاذُوهُمَا فَإِن تَابَا وَأَصْلَحَا فَأَعْرِضُوا۟ عَنْهُمَآ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ تَوَّابًا رَّحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladhaani ya'tiyaanihaa minkum fa'aadhoohumaa fa'in taabaa wa'aslahaa fa'a'ridoo 'anhumaa inna llaaha kaana tawwaaban raheemaa

DIN 31635wallaḏāni yaʾtiyānihā minkum faʾāḏūhumā faʾin tābā waʾaṣlaḥā faʾaʿriḍū ʿanhumā ʾinna llāha kāna tawwāban raḥīman

If two men among you commit it, punish them both. But if they repent and reform, leave them alone. God is Redeemer, Full of Mercy.

Compare translations (4)

And as for the two of you who are guilty thereof, punish them both. And if they repent and improve, then let them be. Lo! Allah is ever relenting, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if two of you commit it, then hurt them both; but if they turn again and amend, leave them alone, verily, God is easily turned, compassionate

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if two men among you commit the same crime, then punish them both; but if they turn and amend, then let them be: for God is He who turneth, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if two of you commit the like wickedness, punish them both: But if they repent and amend, let them both alone; for God is easy to be reconciled and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:17

إِنَّمَا ٱلتَّوْبَةُ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ لِلَّذِينَ يَعْمَلُونَ ٱلسُّوٓءَ بِجَهَٰلَةٍ ثُمَّ يَتُوبُونَ مِن قَرِيبٍ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَتُوبُ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمْ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)innamaa t-tawbatu 'alaa llaahi lilladheena ya'maloona s-soo'a bijahaalatin thumma yatooboona min qareebin fa'oolaa'ika yatoobu llaahu 'alayhim wakaana llaahu 'aleeman hakeemaa

DIN 31635ʾinnamā t-tawbatu ʿalā llāhi lillaḏīna yaʿmalūna s-sūʾa biǧahālatin ṯumma yatūbūna min qarībin faʾūlāʾika yatūbu llāhu ʿalayhim wakāna llāhu ʿalīman ḥakīman

Repentance is available from God for those who commit evil out of ignorance, and then repent soon after. These-God will relent towards them. God is Knowing and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Forgiveness is only incumbent on Allah toward those who do evil in ignorance (and) then turn quickly (in repentance) to Allah. These are they toward whom Allah relenteth. Allah is ever Knower, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God is only bound to turn again towards those who do evil through ignorance and then turn again. Surely, these will God turn again to, for God is knowing, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

With God himself will the repentance of those who have done evil ignorantly, and then turn speedily unto Him, be accepted. These! God will turn unto them: for God is Knowing, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily repentance will be accepted with God, from those who do evil ignorantly, and then repent speedily; unto them will God be turned: For God is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:18

وَلَيْسَتِ ٱلتَّوْبَةُ لِلَّذِينَ يَعْمَلُونَ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا حَضَرَ أَحَدَهُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ قَالَ إِنِّى تُبْتُ ٱلْـَٰٔنَ وَلَا ٱلَّذِينَ يَمُوتُونَ وَهُمْ كُفَّارٌ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَعْتَدْنَا لَهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaysati t-tawbatu lilladheena ya'maloona s-sayyi'aati hattaa idhaa hadara ahadahumu l-mawtu qaala innee tubtu l-'aana walaa lladheena yamootoona wahum kuffaarun oolaa'ika a'tadnaa lahum 'adhaaban aleemaa

DIN 31635walaysati t-tawbatu lillaḏīna yaʿmalūna s-sayyiʾāti ḥattā ʾiḏā ḥaḍara ʾaḥadahumu l-mawtu qāla ʾinnī tubtu l-ʾāna walā llaḏīna yamūtūna wahum kuffārun ʾūlāʾika ʾaʿtadnā lahum ʿaḏāban ʾalīman

But repentance is not available for those who commit evils, until when death approaches one of them, he says, "Now I repent," nor for those who die as disbelievers. These-We have prepared for them a painful torment.

Compare translations (4)

The forgiveness is not for those who do ill-deeds until, when death attendeth upon one of them, he saith: Lo! I repent now; nor yet for those who die while they are disbelievers. For such We have prepared a painful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

His turning again is not for those who do evil, until, when death comes before one of them, he says, 'Now I turn again;' nor yet forth those who die in misbelief. For such as these have we prepared a grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But no place of repentance shall there be for those who do evil, until, when death is close to one of them, he saith, "Now verily am I turned to God;" nor to those who die unbelievers. These! we have made ready for them a grievous torment

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But no repentance shall be accepted from those who do evil until the time when death presenteth it self unto one of them, and he saith, verily I repent now; nor unto those who die unbelievers: For them have we prepared a grievous punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:19

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا يَحِلُّ لَكُمْ أَن تَرِثُوا۟ ٱلنِّسَآءَ كَرْهًا وَلَا تَعْضُلُوهُنَّ لِتَذْهَبُوا۟ بِبَعْضِ مَآ ءَاتَيْتُمُوهُنَّ إِلَّآ أَن يَأْتِينَ بِفَٰحِشَةٍ مُّبَيِّنَةٍ وَعَاشِرُوهُنَّ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ فَإِن كَرِهْتُمُوهُنَّ فَعَسَىٰٓ أَن تَكْرَهُوا۟ شَيْـًٔا وَيَجْعَلَ ٱللَّهُ فِيهِ خَيْرًا كَثِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa yahillu lakum an tarithoo n-nisaa'a karhan walaa ta'duloohunna litadhhaboo biba'di maa aataytumoohunna illaa an ya'teena bifaahishatin mubayyinatin wa'aashiroohunna bil-ma'roofi fa'in karihtumoohunna fa'asaa an takrahoo shay'an wayaj'ala llaahu feehi khayran katheeraa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā yaḥillu lakum ʾan tariṯū n-nisāʾa karhan walā taʿḍulūhunna litaḏhabū bibaʿḍi mā ʾātaytumūhunna ʾillā ʾan yaʾtīna bifāḥišatin mubayyinatin waʿāširūhunna bil-maʿrūfi faʾin karihtumūhunna faʿasā ʾan takrahū šayʾan wayaǧʿala llāhu fīhi ḫayran kaṯīran

O you who believe! It is not permitted for you to inherit women against their will. And do not coerce them in order to take away some of what you had given them, unless they commit a proven adultery. And live with them in kindness. If you dislike them, it may be that you dislike something in which God has placed much good.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! It is not lawful for you forcibly to inherit the women (of your deceased kinsmen), nor (that) ye should put constraint upon them that ye may take away a part of that which ye have given them, unless they be guilty of flagrant lewdness. But consort with them in kindness, for if ye hate them it may happen that ye hate a thing wherein Allah hath placed much good

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! it is not lawful for you to inherit women's estates against their will; nor to hinder them, that ye may go off with part of what ye brought them, unless they commit fornication manifestly; but associate with them in reason, for if ye are averse from them, it may be that ye are averse from something wherein God has put much good for you

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O believers! it is not allowed you to be heirs of your wives against their will; nor to hinder them from marrying, in order to take from them part of the dowry you had given them, unless they have been guilty of undoubted lewdness; but associate kindly with them: for if ye are estranged from them, haply ye are estranged from that in which God hath placed abundant good

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, it is not lawful for you to be heirs of women against their will, nor to hinder them from marrying others, that ye may take away part of what ye have given them in dowry; unless they have been guilty of a manifest crime: But converse kindly with them. And if ye hate them, it may happen that ye may hate a thing wherein God hath placed much good

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:20

وَإِنْ أَرَدتُّمُ ٱسْتِبْدَالَ زَوْجٍ مَّكَانَ زَوْجٍ وَءَاتَيْتُمْ إِحْدَىٰهُنَّ قِنطَارًا فَلَا تَأْخُذُوا۟ مِنْهُ شَيْـًٔا أَتَأْخُذُونَهُۥ بُهْتَٰنًا وَإِثْمًا مُّبِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in aradttumu stibdaala zawjin makaana zawjin wa'aataytum ihdaahunna qintaaran falaa ta'khudhoo minhu shay'an ata'khudhoonahu buhtaanan wa'ithman mubeenaa

DIN 31635waʾin ʾaradttumu stibdāla zawǧin makāna zawǧin waʾātaytum ʾiḥdāhunna qinṭāran falā taʾḫuḏū minhu šayʾan ʾataʾḫuḏūnahu buhtānan waʾiṯman mubīnan

If you wish to replace one wife with another, and you have given one of them a fortune, take nothing back from it. Would you take it back fraudulently and sinfully?

Compare translations (4)

And if ye wish to exchange one wife for another and ye have given unto one of them a sum of money (however great), take nothing from it. Would ye take it by the way of calumny and open wrong

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But if ye wish to exchange one wife for another, and have given one of them a talent, then take not from it anything. What! would you take it for a calumny and a manifest crime

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if ye be desirous to exchange one wife for another, and have given one of them a talent, make no deduction from it. Would ye take it by slandering her, and with manifest wrong

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If ye be desirous to exchange a wife for another wife, and ye have already given one of them a talent; take not away any thing therefrom; Will ye take it by slandering her, and doing her manifest unjustice

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:21

وَكَيْفَ تَأْخُذُونَهُۥ وَقَدْ أَفْضَىٰ بَعْضُكُمْ إِلَىٰ بَعْضٍ وَأَخَذْنَ مِنكُم مِّيثَٰقًا غَلِيظًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakayfa ta'khudhoonahu waqad afdaa ba'dukum ilaa ba'din wa'akhadhna minkum meethaaqan ghaleezaa

DIN 31635wakayfa taʾḫuḏūnahu waqad ʾafḍā baʿḍukum ʾilā baʿḍin waʾaḫaḏna minkum mīṯāqan ġalīẓan

And how can you take it back, when you have been intimate with one another, and they have received from you a solid commitment?

Compare translations (4)

How can ye take it (back) after one of you hath gone in unto the other, and they have taken a strong pledge from you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

How care ye take it when one of you has gone in unto the other, and they have taken from you a rigid compact

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

How, moreover, could ye take it, when one of you hath gone in unto the other, and they have received from you a strict bond of union

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And how can ye take it, since the one of you hath gone in unto the other, and they have received from you a firm covenant

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:22

وَلَا تَنكِحُوا۟ مَا نَكَحَ ءَابَآؤُكُم مِّنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ إِلَّا مَا قَدْ سَلَفَ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ فَٰحِشَةً وَمَقْتًا وَسَآءَ سَبِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tankihoo maa nakaha aabaa'ukum mina n-nisaa'i illaa maa qad salafa innahu kaana faahishatan wamaqtan wasaa'a sabeelaa

DIN 31635walā tankiḥū mā nakaḥa ʾābāʾukum mina n-nisāʾi ʾillā mā qad salafa ʾinnahu kāna fāḥišatan wamaqtan wasāʾa sabīlan

Do not marry women whom your fathers married, except what is already past. That is improper, indecent, and a bad custom.

Compare translations (4)

And marry not those women whom your fathers married, except what hath already happened (of that nature) in the past. Lo! it was ever lewdness and abomination, and an evil way

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And do not marry women your fathers married,- except bygones,- for it is abominable and hateful, and an evil way

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And marry not women whom your fathers have married: for this is a shame, and hateful, and an evil way: though what is past may be allowed

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Marry not women, whom your fathers have had to wife; -- except what is already past: -- For this is uncleanness, and an abomination, and an evil way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:23

حُرِّمَتْ عَلَيْكُمْ أُمَّهَٰتُكُمْ وَبَنَاتُكُمْ وَأَخَوَٰتُكُمْ وَعَمَّٰتُكُمْ وَخَٰلَٰتُكُمْ وَبَنَاتُ ٱلْأَخِ وَبَنَاتُ ٱلْأُخْتِ وَأُمَّهَٰتُكُمُ ٱلَّٰتِىٓ أَرْضَعْنَكُمْ وَأَخَوَٰتُكُم مِّنَ ٱلرَّضَٰعَةِ وَأُمَّهَٰتُ نِسَآئِكُمْ وَرَبَٰٓئِبُكُمُ ٱلَّٰتِى فِى حُجُورِكُم مِّن نِّسَآئِكُمُ ٱلَّٰتِى دَخَلْتُم بِهِنَّ فَإِن لَّمْ تَكُونُوا۟ دَخَلْتُم بِهِنَّ فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَحَلَٰٓئِلُ أَبْنَآئِكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ مِنْ أَصْلَٰبِكُمْ وَأَن تَجْمَعُوا۟ بَيْنَ ٱلْأُخْتَيْنِ إِلَّا مَا قَدْ سَلَفَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)hurrimat 'alaykum ummahaatukum wabanaatukum wa'akhawaatukum wa'ammaatukum wakhaalaatukum wabanaatu l-'akhi wabanaatu l-'ukhti wa'ummahaatukumu llaatee arda'nakum wa'akhawaatukum mina r-radaa'ati wa'ummahaatu nisaa'ikum warabaa'ibukumu llaatee fee hujoorikum min nisaa'ikumu llaatee dakhaltum bihinna fa'in lam takoonoo dakhaltum bihinna falaa junaaha 'alaykum wahalaa'ilu abnaa'ikumu lladheena min aslaabikum wa'an tajma'oo bayna l-'ukhtayni illaa maa qad salafa inna llaaha kaana ghafooran raheemaa

DIN 31635ḥurrimat ʿalaykum ʾummahātukum wabanātukum waʾaḫawātukum waʿammātukum waḫālātukum wabanātu l-ʾaḫi wabanātu l-ʾuḫti waʾummahātukumu llātī ʾarḍaʿnakum waʾaḫawātukum mina r-raḍāʿati waʾummahātu nisāʾikum warabāʾibukumu llātī fī ḥuǧūrikum min nisāʾikumu llātī daḫaltum bihinna faʾin lam takūnū daḫaltum bihinna falā ǧunāḥa ʿalaykum waḥalāʾilu ʾabnāʾikumu llaḏīna min ʾaṣlābikum waʾan taǧmaʿū bayna l-ʾuḫtayni ʾillā mā qad salafa ʾinna llāha kāna ġafūran raḥīman

Forbidden for you are your mothers, your daughters, your sisters, your paternal aunts, your maternal aunts, your brother's daughters, your sister's daughters, your foster-mothers who nursed you, your sisters through nursing, your wives' mothers, and your stepdaughters in your guardianship-born of wives you have gone into-but if you have not gone into them, there is no blame on you. And the wives of your genetic sons, and marrying two sisters simultaneously. Except what is past. God is Oft-Forgiving, Most Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Forbidden unto you are your mothers, and your daughters, and your sisters, and your father's sisters, and your mother's sisters, and your brother's daughters and your sister's daughters, and your foster-mothers, and your foster-sisters, and your mothers-in-law, and your step-daughters who are under your protection (born) of your women unto whom ye have gone in - but if ye have not gone in unto them, then it is no sin for you (to marry their daughters) - and the wives of your sons who (spring) from your own loins. And (it is forbidden unto you) that ye should have two sisters together, except what hath already happened (of that nature) in the past. Lo! Allah is ever Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

unlawful for you are your mothers, and your daughters, and your sisters, and your paternal aunts and maternal aunts, and your brother's daughters, and your sister's daughters, and your foster mothers, and your foster sisters, and your wives' mothers, and your step daughters who are your wards, born of your wives to whom ye have gone in; but if ye have not gone in unto them, then it is no crime in you; and the lawful spouses of your sons from your own loins, and that ye form a connexion between two sisters,- except bygones,- verily, God is forgiving, merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Forbidden to you are your mothers, and your daughters, and your sisters, and your aunts, both on the father and mother's side, and your nieces on the brother and sister's side, and your foster-mothers, and your foster-sisters, and the mothers of your wives, and your step-daughters who are your wards, born of your wives to whom ye have gone in: (but if ye have not gone in unto them, it shall be no sin in you to marry them;) and the wives of your sons who proceed out of your loins; and ye may not have two sisters; except where it is already done. Verily, God is Indulgent, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ye are forbidden to marry your mothers, and your daughters, and your sisters, and your aunts both on the fathers and on the mothers side, and your brothers daughters, and your sisters daughters, and your mothers who have given you suck, and your foster-sisters, and your wives mothers, and your daughters-in-law which are under your tuition, born of your wives unto whom ye have gone in, -- but if ye have not gone in unto them, it shall be no sin in you to marry them, -- and the wives of your sons who proceed out of your loins; and ye are also forbidden to take to wife two sisters; except what is already past: For God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:24

وَٱلْمُحْصَنَٰتُ مِنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ إِلَّا مَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُمْ كِتَٰبَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَأُحِلَّ لَكُم مَّا وَرَآءَ ذَٰلِكُمْ أَن تَبْتَغُوا۟ بِأَمْوَٰلِكُم مُّحْصِنِينَ غَيْرَ مُسَٰفِحِينَ فَمَا ٱسْتَمْتَعْتُم بِهِۦ مِنْهُنَّ فَـَٔاتُوهُنَّ أُجُورَهُنَّ فَرِيضَةً وَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ فِيمَا تَرَٰضَيْتُم بِهِۦ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ٱلْفَرِيضَةِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wal-muhsanaatu mina n-nisaa'i illaa maa malakat aymaanukum kitaaba llaahi 'alaykum wa'uhilla lakum maa waraa'a dhaalikum an tabtaghoo bi'amwaalikum muhsineena ghayra musaafiheena famaa stamta'tum bihi minhunna fa'aatoohunna ujoorahunna fareedatan walaa junaaha 'alaykum feemaa taraadaytum bihi min ba'di l-fareedati inna llaaha kaana 'aleeman hakeemaa

DIN 31635wal-muḥṣanātu mina n-nisāʾi ʾillā mā malakat ʾaymānukum kitāba llāhi ʿalaykum waʾuḥilla lakum mā warāʾa ḏālikum ʾan tabtaġū biʾamwālikum muḥṣinīna ġayra musāfiḥīna famā stamtaʿtum bihi minhunna faʾātūhunna ʾuǧūrahunna farīḍatan walā ǧunāḥa ʿalaykum fīmā tarāḍaytum bihi min baʿdi l-farīḍati ʾinna llāha kāna ʿalīman ḥakīman

The translators word this verse differently

And all married women, except those you rightfully possess. This is God's decree, binding upon you. Permitted for you are those that lie outside these limits, provided you seek them in legal marriage, with gifts from your property, seeking wedlock, not prostitution. If you wish to enjoy them, then give them their dowry-a legal obligation. You commit no error by agreeing to any change to the dowry. God is All-Knowing, Most Wise.

Compare translations (4)

And all married women (are forbidden unto you) save those (captives) whom your right hands possess. It is a decree of Allah for you. Lawful unto you are all beyond those mentioned, so that ye seek them with your wealth in honest wedlock, not debauchery. And those of whom ye seek content (by marrying them), give unto them their portions as a duty. And there is no sin for you in what ye do by mutual agreement after the duty (hath been done). Lo! Allah is ever Knower, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and married women, save such as your right hands possess,- God's Book against you! - but lawful for you is all besides this, for you to seek them with your wealth, marrying them and not fornicating; but such of them as ye have enjoyed, give them their hire as a lawful due; for there is no crime in you about what ye agree between you after such lawful due, verily, God is knowing and wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Forbidden to you also are married women, except those who are in your hands as slaves: This is the law of God for you. And it is allowed you, beside this, to seek out wives by means of your wealth, with modest conduct, and without fornication. And give those with whom ye have cohabited their dowry. This is the law. But it shall be no crime in you to make agreements over and above the law. Verily, God is Knowing, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ye are also forbidden to take to wife free women who are married, except those women whom your right hands shall possess as slaves. This is ordained you from God. Whatever is beside this, is allowed you; that ye may with your substance provide wives for your selves, acting that which is right, and avoiding whoredom. And for the advantage which ye receive from them, give them their reward, according to what is ordained: But it shall be no crime in you to make any other agreement among your selves, after the ordinance shall be complied with; for God is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:25

وَمَن لَّمْ يَسْتَطِعْ مِنكُمْ طَوْلًا أَن يَنكِحَ ٱلْمُحْصَنَٰتِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتِ فَمِن مَّا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُم مِّن فَتَيَٰتِكُمُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتِ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِإِيمَٰنِكُم بَعْضُكُم مِّنۢ بَعْضٍ فَٱنكِحُوهُنَّ بِإِذْنِ أَهْلِهِنَّ وَءَاتُوهُنَّ أُجُورَهُنَّ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ مُحْصَنَٰتٍ غَيْرَ مُسَٰفِحَٰتٍ وَلَا مُتَّخِذَٰتِ أَخْدَانٍ فَإِذَآ أُحْصِنَّ فَإِنْ أَتَيْنَ بِفَٰحِشَةٍ فَعَلَيْهِنَّ نِصْفُ مَا عَلَى ٱلْمُحْصَنَٰتِ مِنَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ذَٰلِكَ لِمَنْ خَشِىَ ٱلْعَنَتَ مِنكُمْ وَأَن تَصْبِرُوا۟ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman lam yastati' minkum tawlan an yankiha l-muhsanaati l-mu'minaati famin maa malakat aymaanukum min fatayaatikumu l-mu'minaati wallaahu a'lamu bi'eemaanikum ba'dukum min ba'din faankihoohunna bi'idhni ahlihinna wa'aatoohunna ujoorahunna bil-ma'roofi muhsanaatin ghayra musaafihaatin walaa muttakhidhaati akhdaanin fa'idhaa uhsinna fa'in atayna bifaahishatin fa'alayhinna nisfu maa 'alaa l-muhsanaati mina l-'adhaabi dhaalika liman khashiya l-'anata minkum wa'an tasbiroo khayrun lakum wallaahu ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635waman lam yastaṭiʿ minkum ṭawlan ʾan yankiḥa l-muḥṣanāti l-muʾmināti famin mā malakat ʾaymānukum min fatayātikumu l-muʾmināti wallāhu ʾaʿlamu biʾīmānikum baʿḍukum min baʿḍin fānkiḥūhunna biʾiḏni ʾahlihinna waʾātūhunna ʾuǧūrahunna bil-maʿrūfi muḥṣanātin ġayra musāfiḥātin walā muttaḫiḏāti ʾaḫdānin faʾiḏā ʾuḥṣinna faʾin ʾatayna bifāḥišatin faʿalayhinna niṣfu mā ʿalā l-muḥṣanāti mina l-ʿaḏābi ḏālika liman ḫašiya l-ʿanata minkum waʾan taṣbirū ḫayrun lakum wallāhu ġafūrun raḥīmun

The translators word this verse differently

If any of you lack the means to marry free believing women, he may marry one of the believing maids under your control. God is well aware of your faith. You are from one another. Marry them with the permission of their guardians, and give them their recompense fairly-to be protected-neither committing adultery, nor taking secret lovers. When they are married, if they commit adultery, their punishment shall be half that of free women. That is for those among you who fear falling into decadence. But to practice self-restraint is better for you. God is Most Forgiving, Most Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

And whoso is not able to afford to marry free, believing women, let them marry from the believing maids whom your right hands possess. Allah knoweth best (concerning) your faith. Ye (proceed) one from another; so wed them by permission of their folk, and give unto them their portions in kindness, they being honest, not debauched nor of loose conduct. And if when they are honourably married they commit lewdness they shall incur the half of the punishment (prescribed) for free women (in that case). This is for him among you who feareth to commit sin. But to have patience would be better for you. Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But whosoever of you cannot go the length of marrying marriageable women who believe, then take of what your right hands possess, of your maidens who believe;- though God knows best about your faith. Ye come one from the other; then marry them with the permission of their people, and give them their hire in reason, they being chaste and not fornicating, and not receivers of paramours. But when they are married, if they commit fornication, then inflict upon them half the penalty for married women; that is for whomsoever of you fears wrong; but that ye should have patience is better for you, and God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whoever of you is not rich enough to marry free believing women, then let him marry such of your believing maidens as have fallen into your hands as slaves; God well knoweth your faith. Ye are sprung the one from the other. Marry them, then, with the leave of their masters, and give them a fair dower: but let them be chaste and free from fornication, and not entertainers of lovers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whoso among you hath not means sufficient that he may marry free women, who are believers, let him marry with such of your maid-servants whom your right hands possess, as are true believers; for God well knoweth your faith. Ye are the one from the other: Therefore marry them with the consent of their masters; and give them their dower according to justice; such as are modest, not guilty of whoredom, nor entertaining lovers. And when they are married, if they be guilty of adultery, they shall suffer half the punishment which is appointed for the free women. This is allowed unto him among you, who feareth to sin by marrying free women; but if ye abstain from marrying slaves, it will be better for you; God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:26

يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ لِيُبَيِّنَ لَكُمْ وَيَهْدِيَكُمْ سُنَنَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ وَيَتُوبَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yureedu llaahu liyubayyina lakum wayahdiyakum sunana lladheena min qablikum wayatooba 'alaykum wallaahu 'aleemun hakeem

DIN 31635yurīdu llāhu liyubayyina lakum wayahdiyakum sunana llaḏīna min qablikum wayatūba ʿalaykum wallāhu ʿalīmun ḥakīmun

God intends to make things clear to you, and to guide you in the ways of those before you, and to redeem you. God is Most Knowing, Most Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Allah would explain to you and guide you by the examples of those who were before you, and would turn to you in mercy. Allah is Knower, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God wishes to explain to you and to guide you into the ordinances of those who were before you, and to turn towards you, for God is knowing, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God desireth to make this known to you, and to guide you into the ways of those who have been before you, and to turn Him unto you in mercy. And God is Knowing, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God is willing to declare these things unto you and to direct you according to the ordinances of those who have gone before you, and to be merciful unto you. God is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:27

وَٱللَّهُ يُرِيدُ أَن يَتُوبَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَيُرِيدُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّبِعُونَ ٱلشَّهَوَٰتِ أَن تَمِيلُوا۟ مَيْلًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wallaahu yureedu an yatooba 'alaykum wayureedu lladheena yattabi'oona sh-shahawaati an tameeloo maylan 'azeemaa

DIN 31635wallāhu yurīdu ʾan yatūba ʿalaykum wayurīdu llaḏīna yattabiʿūna š-šahawāti ʾan tamīlū maylan ʿaẓīman

The translators word this verse differently

God intends to redeem you, but those who follow their desires want you to turn away utterly.

Compare translations (4)

And Allah would turn to you in mercy; but those who follow vain desires would have you go tremendously astray

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God wishes to turn towards you, but those who follow their lusts wish that ye should swerve with a mighty swerving

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God desireth thus to turn him unto you: but they who follow their own lusts, desire that with great swerving should ye swerve! God desireth to make your burden light: for man hath been created weak

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God desireth to be gracious unto you; but they who follow their lusts, desire that ye should turn aside from the truth with great deviation

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:28

يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ أَن يُخَفِّفَ عَنكُمْ وَخُلِقَ ٱلْإِنسَٰنُ ضَعِيفًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yureedu llaahu an yukhaffifa 'ankum wakhuliqa l-'insaanu da'eefaa

DIN 31635yurīdu llāhu ʾan yuḫaffifa ʿankum waḫuliqa l-ʾinsānu ḍaʿīfan

God intends to lighten your burden, for the human being was created weak.

Compare translations (4)

Allah would make the burden light for you, for man was created weak

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God wishes to make it light for you, for man was created weak

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God desireth thus to turn him unto you: but they who follow their own lusts, desire that with great swerving should ye swerve! God desireth to make your burden light: for man hath been created weak

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God is minded to make His religion light unto you: For man was created weak

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:29

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَأْكُلُوٓا۟ أَمْوَٰلَكُم بَيْنَكُم بِٱلْبَٰطِلِ إِلَّآ أَن تَكُونَ تِجَٰرَةً عَن تَرَاضٍ مِّنكُمْ وَلَا تَقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِكُمْ رَحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa ta'kuloo amwaalakum baynakum bil-baatili illaa an takoona tijaaratan 'an taraadin minkum walaa taqtuloo anfusakum inna llaaha kaana bikum raheemaa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā taʾkulū ʾamwālakum baynakum bil-bāṭili ʾillā ʾan takūna tiǧāratan ʿan tarāḍin minkum walā taqtulū ʾanfusakum ʾinna llāha kāna bikum raḥīman

The translators word this verse differently

O you who believe! Do not consume each other's wealth illicitly, but trade by mutual consent. And do not kill yourselves, for God is Merciful towards you.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Squander not your wealth among yourselves in vanity, except it be a trade by mutual consent, and kill not one another. Lo! Allah is ever Merciful unto you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! devour not your property amongst yourselves vainly, unless it be a merchandise by mutual consent. And do not kill yourselves; verily, God is compassionate unto you

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O believers! devour not each other's substance in mutual frivolities; unless there be a trafficking among you by your own consent: and commit not suicide: - of a truth God is merciful to you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, consume not your wealth among your selves in vanity; unless there be merchandizing among you by mutual consent: neither slay your selves; for God is merciful towards you

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:30

وَمَن يَفْعَلْ ذَٰلِكَ عُدْوَٰنًا وَظُلْمًا فَسَوْفَ نُصْلِيهِ نَارًا وَكَانَ ذَٰلِكَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ يَسِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman yaf'al dhaalika 'udwaanan wazulman fasawfa nusleehi naaran wakaana dhaalika 'alaa llaahi yaseeraa

DIN 31635waman yafʿal ḏālika ʿudwānan waẓulman fasawfa nuṣlīhi nāran wakāna ḏālika ʿalā llāhi yasīran

The translators word this verse differently

Whoever does that, out of hostility and wrongdoing, We will cast him into a Fire. And that would be easy for God.

Compare translations (4)

Whoso doeth that through aggression and injustice, we shall cast him into Fire, and that is ever easy for Allah

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But whoso does that maliciously and unjustly, we will broil him with fire; for that is easy with God

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whoever shall do this maliciously and wrongfully, we will in the end cast him into the fire; for this is easy with God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And whoever doth this maliciously and wickedly, he will surely cast him to be broiled in hell fire; and this is easy with God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:31

إِن تَجْتَنِبُوا۟ كَبَآئِرَ مَا تُنْهَوْنَ عَنْهُ نُكَفِّرْ عَنكُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِكُمْ وَنُدْخِلْكُم مُّدْخَلًا كَرِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)in tajtaniboo kabaa'ira maa tunhawna 'anhu nukaffir 'ankum sayyi'aatikum wanudkhilkum mudkhalan kareemaa

DIN 31635ʾin taǧtanibū kabāʾira mā tunhawna ʿanhu nukaffir ʿankum sayyiʾātikum wanudḫilkum mudḫalan karīman

If you avoid the worst of what you are forbidden, We will remit your sins, and admit you by a Gate of Honor.

Compare translations (4)

If ye avoid the great (things) which ye are forbidden, We will remit from you your evil deeds and make you enter at a noble gate

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

If ye avoid great sins from which ye are forbidden, we will cover your offences and make you enter with a noble entrance

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If ye avoid the great sins which ye are forbidden, we will blot out your faults, and we will cause you to enter Paradise with honourable entry

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If ye turn aside from the grievous sins, of those which ye are forbidden to commit, we will cleanse you from your smaller faults; and will introduce you into paradise with an honourable entry

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:32

وَلَا تَتَمَنَّوْا۟ مَا فَضَّلَ ٱللَّهُ بِهِۦ بَعْضَكُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ لِّلرِّجَالِ نَصِيبٌ مِّمَّا ٱكْتَسَبُوا۟ وَلِلنِّسَآءِ نَصِيبٌ مِّمَّا ٱكْتَسَبْنَ وَسْـَٔلُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مِن فَضْلِهِۦٓ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tatamannaw maa faddala llaahu bihi ba'dakum 'alaa ba'din lilrrijaali naseebun mimmaa ktasaboo walilnnisaa'i naseebun mimmaa ktasabna was'aloo llaaha min fadlihi inna llaaha kaana bikulli shay'in 'aleemaa

DIN 31635walā tatamannaw mā faḍḍala llāhu bihi baʿḍakum ʿalā baʿḍin lilrriǧāli naṣībun mimmā ktasabū walilnnisāʾi naṣībun mimmā ktasabna wasʾalū llāha min faḍlihi ʾinna llāha kāna bikulli šayʾin ʿalīman

Do not covet what God has given to some of you in preference to others. For men is a share of what they have earned, and for women is a share of what they have earned. And ask God of his bounty. God has knowledge of everything.

Compare translations (4)

And covet not the thing in which Allah hath made some of you excel others. Unto men a fortune from that which they have earned, and unto women a fortune from that which they have earned. (Envy not one another) but ask Allah of His bounty. Lo! Allah is ever Knower of all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And do not covet that by which God has preferred one of you over another. The men shall have a portion of what they earn, and the women a portion of what they earn; ask God for His grace, verily, God knows all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Covet not the gifts by which God hath raised some of you above others. The men shall have a portion according to their deserts, and the women a portion according to their deserts. Of God, therefore, ask his gifts. Verily, God hath knowledge of all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Covet not that which God hath bestowed on some of you preferably to others. Unto the men shall be given a portion, of what they shall have gained, and unto the women shall be given a portion, of what they shall have gained: Therefore ask God of his bounty; for God is omniscient

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:33

وَلِكُلٍّ جَعَلْنَا مَوَٰلِىَ مِمَّا تَرَكَ ٱلْوَٰلِدَانِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبُونَ وَٱلَّذِينَ عَقَدَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُمْ فَـَٔاتُوهُمْ نَصِيبَهُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ شَهِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walikullin ja'alnaa mawaaliya mimmaa taraka l-waalidaani wal-'aqraboona walladheena 'aqadat aymaanukum fa'aatoohum naseebahum inna llaaha kaana 'alaa kulli shay'in shaheedaa

DIN 31635walikullin ǧaʿalnā mawāliya mimmā taraka l-wālidāni wal-ʾaqrabūna wallaḏīna ʿaqadat ʾaymānukum faʾātūhum naṣībahum ʾinna llāha kāna ʿalā kulli šayʾin šahīdan

To everyone We have assigned beneficiaries in what is left by parents and relatives. Those with whom you have made an agreement, give them their share. God is Witness over all things.

Compare translations (4)

And unto each We have appointed heirs of that which parents and near kindred leave; and as for those with whom your right hands have made a covenant, give them their due. Lo! Allah is ever Witness over all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

To every one have we appointed kinsfolk as heirs of what parents and relatives and those with whom ye have joined right hands leave; so give them their portion, for, verily, God is over all a witness

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

To every one have we appointed kindred, as heirs of what parents and relatives, and those with whom ye have joined right hands in contract, leave. Give therefore, to each their portion. Verily, God witnesseth all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We have appointed unto every one kindred, to inherit part of what their parents and relations shall leave at their deaths. And unto those with whom your right hands have made an alliance, give their part of the inheritance; for God is witness of all things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:34

ٱلرِّجَالُ قَوَّٰمُونَ عَلَى ٱلنِّسَآءِ بِمَا فَضَّلَ ٱللَّهُ بَعْضَهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ وَبِمَآ أَنفَقُوا۟ مِنْ أَمْوَٰلِهِمْ فَٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتُ قَٰنِتَٰتٌ حَٰفِظَٰتٌ لِّلْغَيْبِ بِمَا حَفِظَ ٱللَّهُ وَٱلَّٰتِى تَخَافُونَ نُشُوزَهُنَّ فَعِظُوهُنَّ وَٱهْجُرُوهُنَّ فِى ٱلْمَضَاجِعِ وَٱضْرِبُوهُنَّ فَإِنْ أَطَعْنَكُمْ فَلَا تَبْغُوا۟ عَلَيْهِنَّ سَبِيلًا إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلِيًّا كَبِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)ar-rijaalu qawwaamoona 'alaa n-nisaa'i bimaa faddala llaahu ba'dahum 'alaa ba'din wabimaa anfaqoo min amwaalihim fas-saalihaatu qaanitaatun haafizaatun lilghaybi bimaa hafiza llaahu wallaatee takhaafoona nushoozahunna fa'izoohunna wahjuroohunna fee l-madaaji'i wadriboohunna fa'in ata'nakum falaa tabghoo 'alayhinna sabeelan inna llaaha kaana 'aliyyan kabeeraa

DIN 31635ar-riǧālu qawwāmūna ʿalā n-nisāʾi bimā faḍḍala llāhu baʿḍahum ʿalā baʿḍin wabimā ʾanfaqū min ʾamwālihim faṣ-ṣāliḥātu qānitātun ḥāfiẓātun lilġaybi bimā ḥafiẓa llāhu wallātī taḫāfūna nušūzahunna faʿiẓūhunna wahǧurūhunna fī l-maḍāǧiʿi waḍribūhunna faʾin ʾaṭaʿnakum falā tabġū ʿalayhinna sabīlan ʾinna llāha kāna ʿaliyyan kabīran

The translators word this verse differently

Men are the protectors and maintainers of women, as God has given some of them an advantage over others, and because they spend out of their wealth. The good women are obedient, guarding what God would have them guard. As for those from whom you fear disloyalty, admonish them, and abandon them in their beds, then strike them. But if they obey you, seek no way against them. God is Sublime, Great.

Compare translations (4)

Men are in charge of women, because Allah hath made the one of them to excel the other, and because they spend of their property (for the support of women). So good women are the obedient, guarding in secret that which Allah hath guarded. As for those from whom ye fear rebellion, admonish them and banish them to beds apart, and scourge them. Then if they obey you, seek not a way against them. Lo! Allah is ever High, Exalted, Great

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Men stand superior to women in that God hath preferred some of them over others, and in that they expend of their wealth: and the virtuous women, devoted, careful (in their husbands') absence, as God has cared for them. But those whose perverseness ye fear, admonish them and remove them into bed-chambers and beat them; but if they submit to you, then do not seek a way against them; verily, God is high and great

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Men are superior to women on account of the qualities with which God hath gifted the one above the other, and on account of the outlay they make from their substance for them. Virtuous women are obedient, careful, during the husband's absence, because God hath of them been careful. But chide those for whose refractoriness ye have cause to fear; remove them into beds apart, and scourage them: but if they are obedient to you, then seek not occasion against them: verily, God is High, Great

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Men shall have the pre-eminence above women, because of those advantages wherein God hath caused the one of them to excel the other, and for that which they expend of their substance in maintaining their wives. The honest women are obedient, careful in the absence of their husbands, for that God preserveth them, by committing them to the care and protection of the men. But those, whose perverseness ye shall be apprehensive of, rebuke; and remove them into separate apartments, and chastise them. But if they shall be obedient unto you, seek not an occasion of quarrel against them; for God is high and great

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:35

وَإِنْ خِفْتُمْ شِقَاقَ بَيْنِهِمَا فَٱبْعَثُوا۟ حَكَمًا مِّنْ أَهْلِهِۦ وَحَكَمًا مِّنْ أَهْلِهَآ إِن يُرِيدَآ إِصْلَٰحًا يُوَفِّقِ ٱللَّهُ بَيْنَهُمَآ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلِيمًا خَبِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in khiftum shiqaaqa baynihimaa fab'athoo hakaman min ahlihi wahakaman min ahlihaa in yureedaa islaahan yuwaffiqi llaahu baynahumaa inna llaaha kaana 'aleeman khabeeraa

DIN 31635waʾin ḫiftum šiqāqa baynihimā fabʿaṯū ḥakaman min ʾahlihi waḥakaman min ʾahlihā ʾin yurīdā ʾiṣlāḥan yuwaffiqi llāhu baynahumā ʾinna llāha kāna ʿalīman ḫabīran

If you fear a breach between the two, appoint an arbiter from his family and an arbiter from her family. If they wish to reconcile, God will bring them together. God is Knowledgeable, Expert.

Compare translations (4)

And if ye fear a breach between them twain (the man and wife), appoint an arbiter from his folk and an arbiter from her folk. If they desire amendment Allah will make them of one mind. Lo! Allah is ever Knower, Aware

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if ye fear a breach between the two, then send a judge from his people and a judge from her people. If they wish for reconciliation, God will arrange between them; verily, God is knowing and aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if ye fear a breach between man and wife, then send a judge chosen from his family, and a judge chosen from her family: if they are desirous of agreement, God will effect a reconciliation between them; verily, God is knowing, apprised of all

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if ye fear a breach between the husband and wife, send a judge out of his family, and a judge out of her family: If they shall desire a reconciliation, God will cause them to agree; for God is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:36

وَٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَلَا تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِهِۦ شَيْـًٔا وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَٰنًا وَبِذِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينِ وَٱلْجَارِ ذِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْجَارِ ٱلْجُنُبِ وَٱلصَّاحِبِ بِٱلْجَنۢبِ وَٱبْنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ وَمَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ مَن كَانَ مُخْتَالًا فَخُورًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'budoo llaaha walaa tushrikoo bihi shay'an wabil-waalidayni ihsaanan wabidhee l-qurbaa wal-yataamaa wal-masaakeeni wal-jaari dhee l-qurbaa wal-jaari l-junubi was-saahibi bil-janbi wabni s-sabeeli wamaa malakat aymaanukum inna llaaha laa yuhibbu man kaana mukhtaalan fakhooraa

DIN 31635waʿbudū llāha walā tušrikū bihi šayʾan wabil-wālidayni ʾiḥsānan wabiḏī l-qurbā wal-yatāmā wal-masākīni wal-ǧāri ḏī l-qurbā wal-ǧāri l-ǧunubi waṣ-ṣāḥibi bil-ǧanbi wabni s-sabīli wamā malakat ʾaymānukum ʾinna llāha lā yuḥibbu man kāna muḫtālan faḫūran

The translators word this verse differently

Worship God, and ascribe no partners to Him, and be good to the parents, and the relatives, and the orphans, and the poor, and the neighbor next door, and the distant neighbor, and the close associate, and the traveler, and your servants. God does not love the arrogant showoff.

Compare translations (4)

And serve Allah. Ascribe no thing as partner unto Him. (Show) kindness unto parents, and unto near kindred, and orphans, and the needy, and unto the neighbour who is of kin (unto you) and the neighbour who is not of kin, and the fellow-traveller and the wayfarer and (the slaves) whom your right hands possess. Lo! Allah loveth not such as are proud and boastful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And serve God, and do not associate aught with Him; and to your parents show kindness, and to kindred, and orphans, and the poor, and the neighbour who is akin, and the neighbour who is a stranger, and the companion who is strange, and the son of the road, and what your right hands possess, verily, God loves not him who is proud and boastful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Worship God, and join not aught with Him in worship. Be good to parents, and to kindred, and to orphans, and to the poor, and to a neighbour, whether kinsman or new-comer, and to a fellow traveller, and to the wayfarer, and to the slaves whom your right hands hold; verily, God loveth not the proud, the vain boaster

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Serve God, and associate no creature with him; and shew kindness unto parents, and relations, and orphans, and the poor, and your neighbour who is of kin to you, and also your neighbour who is a stranger, and to your familiar companion, and the traveller, and the captives whom your right hands shall possess

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:37

ٱلَّذِينَ يَبْخَلُونَ وَيَأْمُرُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ بِٱلْبُخْلِ وَيَكْتُمُونَ مَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ وَأَعْتَدْنَا لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَذَابًا مُّهِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yabkhaloona waya'muroona n-naasa bil-bukhli wayaktumoona maa aataahumu llaahu min fadlihi wa'a'tadnaa lilkaafireena 'adhaaban muheenaa

DIN 31635allaḏīna yabḫalūna wayaʾmurūna n-nāsa bil-buḫli wayaktumūna mā ʾātāhumu llāhu min faḍlihi waʾaʿtadnā lilkāfirīna ʿaḏāban muhīnan

The translators word this verse differently

Those who are stingy, and exhort people to stinginess, and conceal what God has given them from His bounty. We have prepared for the disbelievers a disgraceful punishment.

Compare translations (4)

Who hoard their wealth and enjoin avarice on others, and hide that which Allah hath bestowed upon them of His bounty. For disbelievers We prepare a shameful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who are miserly and bid men be miserly too, and who hide what God has given them of His grace;- but we have prepared for the misbelievers shameful woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who are niggardly themselves, and bid others be niggards, and hide away what God of his bounty hath given them. We have made ready a shameful chastisement for the unbelievers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

for God loveth not the proud or vainglorious, who are covetous, and recommend covetousness unto men, and conceal that which God of his bounty hath given them, -- we have prepared a shameful punishment for the unbelievers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:38

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُنفِقُونَ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ رِئَآءَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَلَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَلَا بِٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ وَمَن يَكُنِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ لَهُۥ قَرِينًا فَسَآءَ قَرِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena yunfiqoona amwaalahum ri'aa'a n-naasi walaa yu'minoona billaahi walaa bil-yawmi l-'aakhiri waman yakuni sh-shaytaanu lahu qareenan fasaa'a qareenaa

DIN 31635wallaḏīna yunfiqūna ʾamwālahum riʾāʾa n-nāsi walā yuʾminūna billāhi walā bil-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri waman yakuni š-šayṭānu lahu qarīnan fasāʾa qarīnan

And those who spend their money to be seen by people, and believe neither in God nor in the Last Day. Whoever has Satan as a companion-what an evil companion.

Compare translations (4)

And (also) those who spend their wealth in order to be seen of men, and believe not in Allah nor the Last Day. Whoso taketh Satan for a comrade, a bad comrade hath he

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And those who expend their wealth in alms for appearance sake before men, and who believe not in God nor in the last day; - but whosoever has Satan for his mate, an evil mate has he

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And for those who bestow their substance in alms to be seen of men, and believe not in God and in the last day. Whoever hath Satan for his companion, an evil companion hath he

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and who bestow their wealth in charity to be observed of men, and believe not in God, nor in the last day; and whoever hath Satan for a companion, an evil companion hath he

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:39

وَمَاذَا عَلَيْهِمْ لَوْ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ وَأَنفَقُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ بِهِمْ عَلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaadhaa 'alayhim law aamanoo billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri wa'anfaqoo mimmaa razaqahumu llaahu wakaana llaahu bihim 'aleemaa

DIN 31635wamāḏā ʿalayhim law ʾāmanū billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri waʾanfaqū mimmā razaqahumu llāhu wakāna llāhu bihim ʿalīman

The translators word this verse differently

What would they have lost, had they believed in God and the Last Day, and gave out of what God has provided for them? God knows them very well.

Compare translations (4)

What have they (to fear) if they believe in Allah and the Last Day and spend (aright) of that which Allah hath bestowed upon them, when Allah is ever Aware of them (and all they do)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

What harm would it do them if they believed in God and in the last day, and expended in alms of what God has provided them with? but God knows about them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But what blessedness would be theirs, if they should believe in God and in the last day, and bestow alms out of what God hath vouchsafed them; for God taketh knowledge of them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And what harm would befall them if they should believe in God, and the last day, and give alms out of that which God hath bestowed on them? Since God knoweth them who do this

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:40

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَظْلِمُ مِثْقَالَ ذَرَّةٍ وَإِن تَكُ حَسَنَةً يُضَٰعِفْهَا وَيُؤْتِ مِن لَّدُنْهُ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna llaaha laa yazlimu mithqaala dharratin wa'in taku hasanatan yudaa'ifhaa wayu'ti min ladunhu ajran 'azeemaa

DIN 31635ʾinna llāha lā yaẓlimu miṯqāla ḏarratin waʾin taku ḥasanatan yuḍāʿifhā wayuʾti min ladunhu ʾaǧran ʿaẓīman

God does not commit an atom's weight of injustice; and if there is a good deed, He doubles it, and gives from His Presence a sublime compensation.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Allah wrongeth not even of the weight of an ant; and if there is a good deed, He will double it and will give (the doer) from His presence an immense reward

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, God would not wrong by the weight of an atom; and if it's a good work, He will double it and bring from Himself a mighty hire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God truly will not wrong any one of the weight of a mote; and if there be any good deed, he will repay it doubly; and from his presence shall be given a great recompense

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily God will not wrong any one even the weight of an ant: And if it be a good action, he will double it, and will recompense it in his sight with a great reward

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:41

فَكَيْفَ إِذَا جِئْنَا مِن كُلِّ أُمَّةٍۭ بِشَهِيدٍ وَجِئْنَا بِكَ عَلَىٰ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ شَهِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fakayfa idhaa ji'naa min kulli ummatin bishaheedin waji'naa bika 'alaa haa'ulaa'i shaheedaa

DIN 31635fakayfa ʾiḏā ǧiʾnā min kulli ʾummatin bišahīdin waǧiʾnā bika ʿalā hāʾulāʾi šahīdan

Then how will it be, when We bring a witness from every community, and We bring you as a witness against these?

Compare translations (4)

But how (will it be with them) when We bring of every people a witness, and We bring thee (O Muhammad) a witness against these

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

How then when we bring from every nation a witness, and bring thee as a witness against these

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

How! when we shall bring up against them witnesses from all peoples, and when we shall bring thee up as witness against these

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

How will it be with the unbelievers, when we shall bring a witness out of each nation against itself, and shall bring thee, O Mohammed, a witness against these people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:42

يَوْمَئِذٍ يَوَدُّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَعَصَوُا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ لَوْ تُسَوَّىٰ بِهِمُ ٱلْأَرْضُ وَلَا يَكْتُمُونَ ٱللَّهَ حَدِيثًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yawma'idhin yawaddu lladheena kafaroo wa'asawu r-rasoola law tusawwaa bihimu l-'ardu walaa yaktumoona llaaha hadeethaa

DIN 31635yawmaʾiḏin yawaddu llaḏīna kafarū waʿaṣawu r-rasūla law tusawwā bihimu l-ʾarḍu walā yaktumūna llāha ḥadīṯan

On that Day, those who disbelieved and disobeyed the Messenger will wish that the earth were leveled over them. They will conceal nothing from God.

Compare translations (4)

On that day those who disbelieved and disobeyed the messenger will wish that they were level with the ground, and they can hide no fact from Allah

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

on the day when those who misbelieve and rebel against the Apostle would fain that the earth were levelled with them? but they cannot hide the news from God

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

On that day they who were Infidels and rebelled against the prophet, shall wish that the earth were levelled with them! But nothing shall they hide from God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

In that day they who have not believed, and have rebelled against the apostle of God, shall wish the earth was levelled with them; and they shall not be able to hide any matter from God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:43

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَأَنتُمْ سُكَٰرَىٰ حَتَّىٰ تَعْلَمُوا۟ مَا تَقُولُونَ وَلَا جُنُبًا إِلَّا عَابِرِى سَبِيلٍ حَتَّىٰ تَغْتَسِلُوا۟ وَإِن كُنتُم مَّرْضَىٰٓ أَوْ عَلَىٰ سَفَرٍ أَوْ جَآءَ أَحَدٌ مِّنكُم مِّنَ ٱلْغَآئِطِ أَوْ لَٰمَسْتُمُ ٱلنِّسَآءَ فَلَمْ تَجِدُوا۟ مَآءً فَتَيَمَّمُوا۟ صَعِيدًا طَيِّبًا فَٱمْسَحُوا۟ بِوُجُوهِكُمْ وَأَيْدِيكُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَفُوًّا غَفُورًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa taqraboo s-salaata wa'antum sukaaraa hattaa ta'lamoo maa taqooloona walaa junuban illaa 'aabiree sabeelin hattaa taghtasiloo wa'in kuntum mardaa aw 'alaa safarin aw jaa'a ahadun minkum mina l-ghaa'iti aw laamastumu n-nisaa'a falam tajidoo maa'an fatayammamoo sa'eedan tayyiban famsahoo biwujoohikum wa'aydeekum inna llaaha kaana 'afuwwan ghafooraa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā taqrabū ṣ-ṣalāta waʾantum sukārā ḥattā taʿlamū mā taqūlūna walā ǧunuban ʾillā ʿābirī sabīlin ḥattā taġtasilū waʾin kuntum marḍā ʾaw ʿalā safarin ʾaw ǧāʾa ʾaḥadun minkum mina l-ġāʾiṭi ʾaw lāmastumu n-nisāʾa falam taǧidū māʾan fatayammamū ṣaʿīdan ṭayyiban famsaḥū biwuǧūhikum waʾaydīkum ʾinna llāha kāna ʿafuwwan ġafūran

O you who believe! Do not approach the prayer while you are drunk, so that you know what you say; nor after sexual orgasm-unless you are travelling-until you have bathed. If you are sick, or traveling, or one of you comes from the toilet, or you have had intercourse with women, and cannot find water, find clean sand and wipe your faces and your hands with it. God is Pardoning and Forgiving.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Draw not near unto prayer when ye are drunken, till ye know that which ye utter, nor when ye are polluted, save when journeying upon the road, till ye have bathed. And if ye be ill, or on a journey, or one of you cometh from the closet, or ye have touched women, and ye find not water, then go to high clean soil and rub your faces and your hands (therewith). Lo! Allah is Benign, Forgiving

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! approach not prayer while ye are drunk, until ye well know what ye say; nor yet while polluted,- unless ye be passing by the way,- until ye have washed yourselves. But if ye are sick, or on a journey, or one of you come from the privy, or if ye have touched a woman, and ye cannot find water, then use good surface sand and wipe your faces and your hands therewith; verily, God pardons and forgives

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye true believers, come not to prayer when ye are drunken, but wait till ye can understand what ye utter; nor when ye are polluted, unless ye be travelling on the road, until ye have washed you. If ye be sick, or on a journey, or have come from the unclean place, or have touched a woman, and ye find not water, then rub pure sand, and bathe your face and your hands with it: verily, God is Lenient, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believer , come not to prayer when ye are drunk, until ye understand what ye say; nor when ye are polluted by emission of seed, unless ye be travelling on the road, until ye wash yourselves. But if ye be sick, or on a journey, or any of you come from easing nature, or have touched women, and find no water; take fine clean sand and rub your faces and your hands therewith; for God is merciful and inclined to forgive

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:44

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ نَصِيبًا مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ يَشْتَرُونَ ٱلضَّلَٰلَةَ وَيُرِيدُونَ أَن تَضِلُّوا۟ ٱلسَّبِيلَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam tara ilaa lladheena ootoo naseeban mina l-kitaabi yashtaroona d-dalaalata wayureedoona an tadilloo s-sabeel

DIN 31635ʾalam tara ʾilā llaḏīna ʾūtū naṣīban mina l-kitābi yaštarūna ḍ-ḍalālata wayurīdūna ʾan taḍillū s-sabīla

The translators word this verse differently

Have you not considered those who were given a share of the Book? They buy error, and wish you would lose the way.

Compare translations (4)

Seest thou not those unto whom a portion of the Scripture hath been given, how they purchase error, and seek to make you (Muslims) err from the right way

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do ye not see those who have been given a portion of the Book? they buy error, and they wish that ye may err from the way

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Hast thou not remarked those to whom a part of the Scriptures hath been given? Vendors are they of error, and are desirous that ye go astray from the way

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Hast thou not observed those unto whom part of the scripture was delivered? They sell error, and desire that ye may wander from the right way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:45

وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِأَعْدَآئِكُمْ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ وَلِيًّا وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ نَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wallaahu a'lamu bi'a'daa'ikum wakafaa billaahi waliyyan wakafaa billaahi naseeraa

DIN 31635wallāhu ʾaʿlamu biʾaʿdāʾikum wakafā billāhi waliyyan wakafā billāhi naṣīran

But God knows your enemies best. God is sufficient as a Protector, and God is sufficient as a Supporter.

Compare translations (4)

Allah knoweth best (who are) your enemies. Allah is sufficient as a Guardian, and Allah is sufficient as a Supporter

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But God knows best who your enemies are, and God suffices as a patron, and sufficient is God as a help

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But God knoweth your enemies; and God is a sufficient patron, and God is a sufficient helper

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

but God well knoweth your enemies. God is a sufficient patron, and God is a sufficient helper

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:46

مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ يُحَرِّفُونَ ٱلْكَلِمَ عَن مَّوَاضِعِهِۦ وَيَقُولُونَ سَمِعْنَا وَعَصَيْنَا وَٱسْمَعْ غَيْرَ مُسْمَعٍ وَرَٰعِنَا لَيًّۢا بِأَلْسِنَتِهِمْ وَطَعْنًا فِى ٱلدِّينِ وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا۟ سَمِعْنَا وَأَطَعْنَا وَٱسْمَعْ وَٱنظُرْنَا لَكَانَ خَيْرًا لَّهُمْ وَأَقْوَمَ وَلَٰكِن لَّعَنَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِكُفْرِهِمْ فَلَا يُؤْمِنُونَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)mina lladheena haadoo yuharrifoona l-kalima 'an mawaadi'ihi wayaqooloona sami'naa wa'asaynaa wasma' ghayra musma'in waraa'inaa layyan bi'alsinatihim wata'nan fee d-deeni walaw annahum qaaloo sami'naa wa'ata'naa wasma' waanzurnaa lakaana khayran lahum wa'aqwama walaakin la'anahumu llaahu bikufrihim falaa yu'minoona illaa qaleelaa

DIN 31635mina llaḏīna hādū yuḥarrifūna l-kalima ʿan mawāḍiʿihi wayaqūlūna samiʿnā waʿaṣaynā wasmaʿ ġayra musmaʿin warāʿinā layyan biʾalsinatihim waṭaʿnan fī d-dīni walaw ʾannahum qālū samiʿnā waʾaṭaʿnā wasmaʿ wānẓurnā lakāna ḫayran lahum waʾaqwama walākin laʿanahumu llāhu bikufrihim falā yuʾminūna ʾillā qalīlan

Among the Jews are some who take words out of context, and say, "We hear and we disobey", and "Hear without listening", and "Observe us," twisting with their tongues and slandering the religion. Had they said, "We hear and we obey", and "Listen", and "Give us your attention," it would have been better for them, and more upright. But God has cursed them for their disbelief; they do not believe except a little.

Compare translations (4)

Some of those who are Jews change words from their context and say: "We hear and disobey; hear thou as one who heareth not" and "Listen to us!" distorting with their tongues and slandering religion. If they had said: "We hear and we obey: hear thou, and look at us" it had been better for them, and more upright. But Allah hath cursed them for their disbelief, so they believe not, save a few

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And those who are Jews, and those who pervert the words from their places, and say, 'We hear but we rebel, and do thou listen without hearing,' and (who say) 'rahina,' distorting it with their tongues and taunting about religion., But had they said, 'We hear and we obey, so listen and look upon us,' it would have been better for them and more upright; - but may God curse them in their misbelief, for they will not believe except a few

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Among the Jews are those who displace the words of their Scriptures, and say, "We have heard, and we have not obeyed. Hear thou, but as one that heareth not; and LOOK AT US;" perplexing with their tongues, and wounding the Faith by their revilings. But if they would say, "We have heard, and we obey; hear thou, and REGARD US;" it were better for them, and more right. But God hath cursed them for their unbelief. Few only of them are believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Of the Jews there are some who pervert words from their places; and say, we have heard, and have disobeyed; and do thou hear without understanding our meaning, and look upon us: Perplexing with their tongues, and reviling the true religion. But if they had said, we have heard, and do obey; and do thou hear, and regard us: Certainly it were better for them, and more right. But God hath cursed them by reason of their infidelity; therefore a few of them only shall believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:47

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِمَا نَزَّلْنَا مُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا مَعَكُم مِّن قَبْلِ أَن نَّطْمِسَ وُجُوهًا فَنَرُدَّهَا عَلَىٰٓ أَدْبَارِهَآ أَوْ نَلْعَنَهُمْ كَمَا لَعَنَّآ أَصْحَٰبَ ٱلسَّبْتِ وَكَانَ أَمْرُ ٱللَّهِ مَفْعُولًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba aaminoo bimaa nazzalnaa musaddiqan limaa ma'akum min qabli an natmisa wujoohan fanaruddahaa 'alaa adbaarihaa aw nal'anahum kamaa la'annaa ashaaba s-sabti wakaana amru llaahi maf'oolaa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba ʾāminū bimā nazzalnā muṣaddiqan limā maʿakum min qabli ʾan naṭmisa wuǧūhan fanaruddahā ʿalā ʾadbārihā ʾaw nalʿanahum kamā laʿannā ʾaṣḥāba s-sabti wakāna ʾamru llāhi mafʿūlan

O you who were given the Book! Believe in what We sent down, confirming what you have, before We obliterate faces and turn them inside out, or curse them as We cursed the Sabbath-breakers. The command of God is always done.

Compare translations (4)

O ye unto whom the Scripture hath been given! Believe in what We have revealed confirming that which ye possess, before We destroy countenances so as to confound them, or curse them as We cursed the Sabbath-breakers (of old time). The commandment of Allah is always executed

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who have been given the Book! believe in what we have revealed, confirming what ye had before; ere we deface your faces and turn them into hinder parts, or curse you as we cursed the fellows of the Sabbath when God's command was done

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye to whom the Scriptures have been given! believe in what we have sent down confirmatory of the Scripture which is in your hands, ere we efface your features, and twist your head round backward, or curse you as we cursed the sabbath-breakers: and the command of God was carried into effect

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O ye to whom the scriptures have been given, believe in the revelation which we have sent down, confirming that which is with you; before we deface your countenances, and render them as the back parts thereof; or curse them, as we cursed those who transgressed on the sabbath day; and the command of God was fulfilled

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:48

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَغْفِرُ أَن يُشْرَكَ بِهِۦ وَيَغْفِرُ مَا دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَمَن يُشْرِكْ بِٱللَّهِ فَقَدِ ٱفْتَرَىٰٓ إِثْمًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna llaaha laa yaghfiru an yushraka bihi wayaghfiru maa doona dhaalika liman yashaa'u waman yushrik billaahi faqadi ftaraa ithman 'azeemaa

DIN 31635ʾinna llāha lā yaġfiru ʾan yušraka bihi wayaġfiru mā dūna ḏālika liman yašāʾu waman yušrik billāhi faqadi ftarā ʾiṯman ʿaẓīman

The translators word this verse differently

God does not forgive association with Him, but He forgives anything less than that to whomever He wills. Whoever associates anything with God has devised a monstrous sin.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Allah forgiveth not that a partner should be ascribed unto Him. He forgiveth (all) save that to whom He will. Whoso ascribeth partners to Allah, he hath indeed invented a tremendous sin

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, God pardons not associating aught with Him, but He pardons anything short of that to whomsoever He pleases; but he who associates aught with God, he hath devised a mighty sin

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, God will not forgive the union of other gods with Himself! But other than this will forgive to whom He pleaseth. And He who uniteth gods with God hath devised a great wickedness

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Surely God will not pardon the giving Him an equal; but will pardon any other sin, except that, to whom He pleaseth: And whoso giveth a companion unto God, hath devised a great wickedness

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:49

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يُزَكُّونَ أَنفُسَهُم بَلِ ٱللَّهُ يُزَكِّى مَن يَشَآءُ وَلَا يُظْلَمُونَ فَتِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam tara ilaa lladheena yuzakkoona anfusahum bali llaahu yuzakkee man yashaa'u walaa yuzlamoona fateelaa

DIN 31635ʾalam tara ʾilā llaḏīna yuzakkūna ʾanfusahum bali llāhu yuzakkī man yašāʾu walā yuẓlamūna fatīlan

Have you not considered those who claim purity for themselves? Rather, God purifies whom He wills, and they will not be wronged a whit.

Compare translations (4)

Hast thou not seen those who praise themselves for purity? Nay, Allah purifieth whom He will, and they will not be wronged even the hair upon a date-stone

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do ye not see those who purify themselves? nay, God purifies whom He will, and they shall not be wronged a straw

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Hast thou not marked those who hold themselves to be righteous? But God holdeth righteous whom He will; and they shall not be wronged the husk of a date stone

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Hast thou not observed those who justify themselves? But God justifieth whomsoever He pleaseth, nor shall they be wronged a hair

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:50

ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ يَفْتَرُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ وَكَفَىٰ بِهِۦٓ إِثْمًا مُّبِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)unzur kayfa yaftaroona 'alaa llaahi l-kadhiba wakafaa bihi ithman mubeenaa

DIN 31635unẓur kayfa yaftarūna ʿalā llāhi l-kaḏiba wakafā bihi ʾiṯman mubīnan

The translators word this verse differently

See how they devise lies against God. That alone is an outright sin.

Compare translations (4)

See, how they invent lies about Allah! That of itself is flagrant sin

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Behold, how they devise against God a lie, and that is manifest sin enough

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Behold how they devise a lie of God! Therein is wickedness manifest enough

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Behold, how they imagine a lie against God; and therein is iniquity sufficiently manifest

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:51

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ نَصِيبًا مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْجِبْتِ وَٱلطَّٰغُوتِ وَيَقُولُونَ لِلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ أَهْدَىٰ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ سَبِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam tara ilaa lladheena ootoo naseeban mina l-kitaabi yu'minoona bil-jibti wat-taaghooti wayaqooloona lilladheena kafaroo haa'ulaa'i ahdaa mina lladheena aamanoo sabeelaa

DIN 31635ʾalam tara ʾilā llaḏīna ʾūtū naṣīban mina l-kitābi yuʾminūna bil-ǧibti waṭ-ṭāġūti wayaqūlūna lillaḏīna kafarū hāʾulāʾi ʾahdā mina llaḏīna ʾāmanū sabīlan

Have you not considered those who were given a share of the Book? They believe in superstition and evil powers, and say of those who disbelieve, "These are better guided on the way than the believers."

Compare translations (4)

Hast thou not seen those unto whom a portion of the Scripture hath been given, how they believe in idols and false deities, and how they say of those (idolaters) who disbelieve: "These are more rightly guided than those who believe

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do ye not see those to whom a portion of the Book has been given? They believe in Gibt and Taghut, and they say of those who misbelieve, 'These are better guided in the way than those who believe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Hast thou not observed those to whom a part of the Scriptures hath been given? They believe in Djibt and Thagout, and say of the infidels, "These are guided in a batter path than those who hold the faith

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Hast thou not considered those to whom part of the scripture hath been given? They believe in false gods and idols, and say of those who believe not, these are more rightly directed in the way of truth, than they who believe on Mohammed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:52

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَعَنَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَمَن يَلْعَنِ ٱللَّهُ فَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُۥ نَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika lladheena la'anahumu llaahu waman yal'ani llaahu falan tajida lahu naseeraa

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna laʿanahumu llāhu waman yalʿani llāhu falan taǧida lahu naṣīran

Those are they whom God has cursed. Whomever God curses, you will find no savior for him.

Compare translations (4)

Those are they whom Allah hath cursed, and he whom Allah hath cursed, thou (O Muhammad) wilt find for him no helper

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These are those whom God has cursed, and whom God has cursed no helper shall he find

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are they whom God hath cursed: and for him whom God hath cursed, thou shalt by on means find a helper

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Those are the men whom God hath cursed; and unto him whom God shall curse, thou shalt surely find no helper

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:53

أَمْ لَهُمْ نَصِيبٌ مِّنَ ٱلْمُلْكِ فَإِذًا لَّا يُؤْتُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ نَقِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)am lahum naseebun mina l-mulki fa'idhan laa yu'toona n-naasa naqeeraa

DIN 31635ʾam lahum naṣībun mina l-mulki faʾiḏan lā yuʾtūna n-nāsa naqīran

Or do they own a share of the kingdom? Then they would not give people a speck.

Compare translations (4)

Or have they even a share in the Sovereignty? Then in that case, they would not give mankind even the speck on a date-stone

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Shall they have a portion of the kingdom? Why even then they would not give to men a jot

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Shall they have a share in the kingdom who would not bestow on their fellow men even the speck in a date stone

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Shall they have a part of the kingdom, since even then they would not bestow the smallest matter on men

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:54

أَمْ يَحْسُدُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ عَلَىٰ مَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ فَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَآ ءَالَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَءَاتَيْنَٰهُم مُّلْكًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)am yahsudoona n-naasa 'alaa maa aataahumu llaahu min fadlihi faqad aataynaa aala ibraaheema l-kitaaba wal-hikmata wa'aataynaahum mulkan 'azeemaa

DIN 31635ʾam yaḥsudūna n-nāsa ʿalā mā ʾātāhumu llāhu min faḍlihi faqad ʾātaynā ʾāla ʾibrāhīma l-kitāba wal-ḥikmata waʾātaynāhum mulkan ʿaẓīman

Or do they envy the people for what God has given them of His grace? We have given the family of Abraham the Book and wisdom, and We have given them a great kingdom.

Compare translations (4)

Or are they jealous of mankind because of that which Allah of His bounty hath bestowed upon them? For We bestowed upon the house of Abraham (of old) the Scripture and wisdom, and We bestowed on them a mighty kingdom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do they envy man for what God has given of His grace? We have given to Abraham's people the Book and wisdom, and we have given them a mighty kingdom

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Envy they other men what God of his bounty hath given them? We gave of old the Scriptures and wisdom to the line of Abraham, and we gave them a grand kingdom

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Do they envy other men that which God of his bounty hath given them? We formerly gave unto the family of Abraham a book of revelations and wisdom; and we gave them a great kingdom

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:55

فَمِنْهُم مَّنْ ءَامَنَ بِهِۦ وَمِنْهُم مَّن صَدَّ عَنْهُ وَكَفَىٰ بِجَهَنَّمَ سَعِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faminhum man aamana bihi waminhum man sadda 'anhu wakafaa bijahannama sa'eeraa

DIN 31635faminhum man ʾāmana bihi waminhum man ṣadda ʿanhu wakafā biǧahannama saʿīran

The translators word this verse differently

Among them are those who believed in it, and among them are those who held back from it. Hell is a sufficient Inferno.

Compare translations (4)

And of them were (some) who believed therein and of them were (some) who turned away from it. Hell is sufficient for (their) burning

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And of them are some who believe therein, and of them are some who turn from it, but Hell is flaming enough for them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Some of them believe on the prophet and some turn aside from him: - the flame of Hell is their sufficing punishment

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is of them who believeth on Him; and there is of them who turneth aside from Him: But the raging fire of hell is a sufficient punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:56

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا سَوْفَ نُصْلِيهِمْ نَارًا كُلَّمَا نَضِجَتْ جُلُودُهُم بَدَّلْنَٰهُمْ جُلُودًا غَيْرَهَا لِيَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَزِيزًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo bi'aayaatinaa sawfa nusleehim naaran kullamaa nadijat julooduhum baddalnaahum juloodan ghayrahaa liyadhooqoo l-'adhaaba inna llaaha kaana 'azeezan hakeemaa

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū biʾāyātinā sawfa nuṣlīhim nāran kullamā naḍiǧat ǧulūduhum baddalnāhum ǧulūdan ġayrahā liyaḏūqū l-ʿaḏāba ʾinna llāha kāna ʿazīzan ḥakīman

Those who reject Our revelations-We will scorch them in a Fire. Every time their skins are cooked, We will replace them with other skins, so they will experience the suffering. God is Most Powerful, Most Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Those who disbelieve Our revelations, We shall expose them to the Fire. As often as their skins are consumed We shall exchange them for fresh skins that they may taste the torment. Lo! Allah is ever Mighty, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who disbelieve in our signs, we will broil them with fire; whenever their skins are well done, then we will change them for other skins, that they may taste the torment. Verily, God is glorious and wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Those who disbelieve our signs we will in the end cast into the fire: so oft as their skins shall be well burnt, we will change them for fresh skins, that they may taste the torment. Verily God is Mighty, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily those who disbelieve our signs, we will surely cast to be broiled in hell fire; so often as their skins shall be well burned, we will give them other skins in exchange, that they may taste the sharper torment; for God is mighty and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:57

وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ سَنُدْخِلُهُمْ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًا لَّهُمْ فِيهَآ أَزْوَٰجٌ مُّطَهَّرَةٌ وَنُدْخِلُهُمْ ظِلًّا ظَلِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati sanudkhiluhum jannaatin tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru khaalideena feehaa abadan lahum feehaa azwaajun mutahharatun wanudkhiluhum zillan zaleelaa

DIN 31635wallaḏīna ʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti sanudḫiluhum ǧannātin taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru ḫālidīna fīhā ʾabadan lahum fīhā ʾazwāǧun muṭahharatun wanudḫiluhum ẓillan ẓalīlan

As for those who believe and do good deeds, We will admit them into Gardens beneath which rivers flow, abiding therein forever. They will have purified spouses therein, and We will admit them into a shady shade.

Compare translations (4)

And as for those who believe and do good works, We shall make them enter Gardens underneath which rivers flow - to dwell therein for ever; there for them are pure companions - and We shall make them enter plenteous shade

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But those who believe and do aright, we will make them enter gardens beneath which rivers flow, and they shall dwell therein for ever and aye, for them therein are pure wives, and we will make them enter into a shady shade

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But as for those who have believed, and done the things that are right, we will bring being them into gardens 'neath which the rivers flow therein to abide eternally; - therein shall they have wives of stainless purity: and we will bring them into aye - shadowing shades

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But those who believe and do that which is right, we will bring into gardens watered by rivers, therein shall they remain for ever, and there shall they enjoy wives free from all impurity; and we will lead them into perpetual shades

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:58

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَأْمُرُكُمْ أَن تُؤَدُّوا۟ ٱلْأَمَٰنَٰتِ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهَا وَإِذَا حَكَمْتُم بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ أَن تَحْكُمُوا۟ بِٱلْعَدْلِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ نِعِمَّا يَعِظُكُم بِهِۦٓ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ سَمِيعًۢا بَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna llaaha ya'murukum an tu'addoo l-'amaanaati ilaa ahlihaa wa'idhaa hakamtum bayna n-naasi an tahkumoo bil-'adli inna llaaha ni'immaa ya'izukum bihi inna llaaha kaana samee'an baseeraa

DIN 31635ʾinna llāha yaʾmurukum ʾan tuʾaddū l-ʾamānāti ʾilā ʾahlihā waʾiḏā ḥakamtum bayna n-nāsi ʾan taḥkumū bil-ʿadli ʾinna llāha niʿimmā yaʿiẓukum bihi ʾinna llāha kāna samīʿan baṣīran

The translators word this verse differently

God instructs you to give back things entrusted to you to their owners. And when you judge between people, judge with justice. God's instructions to you are excellent. God is All-Hearing, All-Seeing.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Allah commandeth you that ye restore deposits to their owners, and, if ye judge between mankind, that ye judge justly. Lo! comely is this which Allah admonisheth you. Lo! Allah is ever Hearer, Seer

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, God bids you pay your trusts to their owners, and when ye judge between men to judge with justice. Verily, God, excellent is what He admonishes you with; verily, God both hears and sees

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, God enjoineth you to give back your trusts to their owners, and when ye judge between men, to judge with fairness. Excellent is the practice to which God exhorteth you. God Heareth, Beholdeth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover God commandeth you to restore what ye are trusted with, to the owners; and when ye judge between men, that ye judge according to equity: And surely an excellent virtue it is to which God exhorteth you; for God both heareth and seeth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:59

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ وَأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَمْرِ مِنكُمْ فَإِن تَنَٰزَعْتُمْ فِى شَىْءٍ فَرُدُّوهُ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَٱلرَّسُولِ إِن كُنتُمْ تُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ ذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌ وَأَحْسَنُ تَأْوِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo atee'oo llaaha wa'atee'oo r-rasoola wa'oolee l-'amri minkum fa'in tanaaza'tum fee shay'in faruddoohu ilaa llaahi war-rasooli in kuntum tu'minoona billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri dhaalika khayrun wa'ahsanu ta'weelaa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾaṭīʿū llāha waʾaṭīʿū r-rasūla waʾūlī l-ʾamri minkum faʾin tanāzaʿtum fī šayʾin faruddūhu ʾilā llāhi war-rasūli ʾin kuntum tuʾminūna billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri ḏālika ḫayrun waʾaḥsanu taʾwīlan

O you who believe! Obey God and obey the Messenger and those in authority among you. And if you dispute over anything, refer it to God and the Messenger, if you believe in God and the Last Day. That is best, and a most excellent determination.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Obey Allah, and obey the messenger and those of you who are in authority; and if ye have a dispute concerning any matter, refer it to Allah and the messenger if ye are (in truth) believers in Allah and the Last Day. That is better and more seemly in the end

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! obey God, and obey the Apostle and those in authority amongst you; and if ye quarrel about anything, refer to God and the Apostle, if ye believe in God and the last day; that is better and fairer as a settlement

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! obey God and obey the apostle, and those among you invested with authority; and if in aught ye differ, bring it before God and the apostle, if ye believe in God and in the latter day. This is the best and fairest way of settlement

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, obey God, and obey the apostle, and those who are in authority among you, and if ye differ in any thing, refer it unto God and the apostle, if ye believe in God, and the last day: This is better, and a fairer method of determination

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:60

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يَزْعُمُونَ أَنَّهُمْ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ مِن قَبْلِكَ يُرِيدُونَ أَن يَتَحَاكَمُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلطَّٰغُوتِ وَقَدْ أُمِرُوٓا۟ أَن يَكْفُرُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَيُرِيدُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ أَن يُضِلَّهُمْ ضَلَٰلًۢا بَعِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam tara ilaa lladheena yaz'umoona annahum aamanoo bimaa unzila ilayka wamaa unzila min qablika yureedoona an yatahaakamoo ilaa t-taaghooti waqad umiroo an yakfuroo bihi wayureedu sh-shaytaanu an yudillahum dalaalan ba'eedaa

DIN 31635ʾalam tara ʾilā llaḏīna yazʿumūna ʾannahum ʾāmanū bimā ʾunzila ʾilayka wamā ʾunzila min qablika yurīdūna ʾan yataḥākamū ʾilā ṭ-ṭāġūti waqad ʾumirū ʾan yakfurū bihi wayurīdu š-šayṭānu ʾan yuḍillahum ḍalālan baʿīdan

The translators word this verse differently

Have you not observed those who claim that they believe in what was revealed to you, and in what was revealed before you, yet they seek Satanic sources for legislation, in spite of being commanded to reject them? Satan means to mislead them far away.

Compare translations (4)

Hast thou not seen those who pretend that they believe in that which is revealed unto thee and that which was revealed before thee, how they would go for judgment (in their disputes) to false deities when they have been ordered to abjure them? Satan would mislead them far astray

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do ye not see those who pretend that they believe in what has been revealed to them, and what was revealed before thee; they wish to refer their judgment to Taghut, but they are bidden to disbelieve therein, and Satan wishes to lead them into a remote error

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Hast thou not marked those who profess that they believe in what hath been sent down to thee, and what hath been sent down before thee? Fain would they be judged before Thagout, though commanded not to believe in him; and fain would Satan make them wander with wanderings wide of truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Hast thou not observed those who pretend they believe in what hath been revealed unto thee, and what been revealed before thee? They desire to go to judgment before Taghut, although they have been commanded not to believe in him; and Satan desireth to seduce them into a wide error

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:61

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ تَعَالَوْا۟ إِلَىٰ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ وَإِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ رَأَيْتَ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ يَصُدُّونَ عَنكَ صُدُودًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa qeela lahum ta'aalaw ilaa maa anzala llaahu wa'ilaa r-rasooli ra'ayta l-munaafiqeena yasuddoona 'anka sudoodaa

DIN 31635waʾiḏā qīla lahum taʿālaw ʾilā mā ʾanzala llāhu waʾilā r-rasūli raʾayta l-munāfiqīna yaṣuddūna ʿanka ṣudūdan

And when it is said to them, "Come to what God has revealed, and to the Messenger," you see the hypocrites shunning you completely.

Compare translations (4)

And when it is said unto them: Come unto that which Allah hath revealed and unto the messenger, thou seest the hypocrites turn from thee with aversion

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when it is said to them, 'Come round to what God has sent down and unto the Apostle,' thou seest the hypocrites turning from thee, turning away

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when it is said to them, "Accede to that which God hath sent down, and to the apostle," thou seest the hypocrites avert them from thee with utter aversion

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when it is said unto them, come unto the book which God hath sent down, and to the apostle; thou seest the ungodly turn aside from thee, with great aversion

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:62

فَكَيْفَ إِذَآ أَصَٰبَتْهُم مُّصِيبَةٌۢ بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ ثُمَّ جَآءُوكَ يَحْلِفُونَ بِٱللَّهِ إِنْ أَرَدْنَآ إِلَّآ إِحْسَٰنًا وَتَوْفِيقًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fakayfa idhaa asaabathum museebatun bimaa qaddamat aydeehim thumma jaa'ooka yahlifoona billaahi in aradnaa illaa ihsaanan watawfeeqaa

DIN 31635fakayfa ʾiḏā ʾaṣābathum muṣībatun bimā qaddamat ʾaydīhim ṯumma ǧāʾūka yaḥlifūna billāhi ʾin ʾaradnā ʾillā ʾiḥsānan watawfīqan

The translators word this verse differently

How about when a disaster strikes them because what their hands have put forward, and then they come to you swearing by God: "We only intended goodwill and reconciliation"?

Compare translations (4)

How would it be if a misfortune smote them because of that which their own hands have sent before (them)? Then would they come unto thee, swearing by Allah that they were seeking naught but harmony and kindness

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

How then when there befalls them a mischance through what their hands have sent on before? then will they come to you, and swear by God, 'We meant naught but good and concord

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But how, when some misfortune shall fortune them, for their previous handywork? Then will they come to thee, swearing by God, "We desire nothing but to promote good and concord

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But how will they behave when a misfortune shall befall them, for that which their hands have sent before them? Then will they come unto thee, and swear by God, saying, if we intended any other, than to do good, and to reconcile the parties

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:63

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَعْلَمُ ٱللَّهُ مَا فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ فَأَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ وَعِظْهُمْ وَقُل لَّهُمْ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ قَوْلًۢا بَلِيغًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika lladheena ya'lamu llaahu maa fee quloobihim fa'a'rid 'anhum wa'izhum waqul lahum fee anfusihim qawlan baleeghaa

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna yaʿlamu llāhu mā fī qulūbihim faʾaʿriḍ ʿanhum waʿiẓhum waqul lahum fī ʾanfusihim qawlan balīġan

The translators word this verse differently

They are those whom God knows what is in their hearts. So ignore them, and admonish them, and say to them concerning themselves penetrating words.

Compare translations (4)

Those are they, the secrets of whose hearts Allah knoweth. So oppose them and admonish them, and address them in plain terms about their souls

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These, God knows what is in their hearts. Turn thou away from them and admonish them, and speak to them into their souls with a searching word

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are they whose hearts God knoweth. Therefore break off from them, and warn them, speak words that may penetrate their souls

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God knoweth what is in the hearts of these men; therefore let them alone, and admonish them, and speak unto them a word which may affect their souls

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:64

وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا مِن رَّسُولٍ إِلَّا لِيُطَاعَ بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ إِذ ظَّلَمُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ جَآءُوكَ فَٱسْتَغْفَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱسْتَغْفَرَ لَهُمُ ٱلرَّسُولُ لَوَجَدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ تَوَّابًا رَّحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa arsalnaa min rasoolin illaa liyutaa'a bi'idhni llaahi walaw annahum idh zalamoo anfusahum jaa'ooka fastaghfaroo llaaha wastaghfara lahumu r-rasoolu lawajadoo llaaha tawwaaban raheemaa

DIN 31635wamā ʾarsalnā min rasūlin ʾillā liyuṭāʿa biʾiḏni llāhi walaw ʾannahum ʾiḏ ẓalamū ʾanfusahum ǧāʾūka fastaġfarū llāha wastaġfara lahumu r-rasūlu lawaǧadū llāha tawwāban raḥīman

We did not send any messenger except to be obeyed by God's leave. Had they, when they wronged themselves, come to you, and prayed for God's forgiveness, and the Messenger had prayed for their forgiveness, they would have found God Relenting and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

We sent no messenger save that he should be obeyed by Allah's leave. And if, when they had wronged themselves, they had but come unto thee and asked forgiveness of Allah, and asked forgiveness of the messenger, they would have found Allah Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We have never sent an apostle save that he should be obeyed by the permission of God; and if they, when they have wronged themselves, come to thee and ask pardon of God, and the Apostle asks pardon for them, then they will find God easy to be turned, compassionate

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

We have not sent any apostle but to be obeyed, it God so will: but if they, after they have sinned to their own hurt by unbelief, come to thee and ask pardon of God, and the apostle ask pardon for them, they shall surely find that God is He who turneth unto man, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We have not sent any apostle, but that he might be obeyed by the permission of God: But if they, after they have injured their own souls, come unto thee, and ask pardon of God, and the apostle ask pardon for them, they shall surely find God easy to be reconciled and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:65

فَلَا وَرَبِّكَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ حَتَّىٰ يُحَكِّمُوكَ فِيمَا شَجَرَ بَيْنَهُمْ ثُمَّ لَا يَجِدُوا۟ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ حَرَجًا مِّمَّا قَضَيْتَ وَيُسَلِّمُوا۟ تَسْلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falaa warabbika laa yu'minoona hattaa yuhakkimooka feemaa shajara baynahum thumma laa yajidoo fee anfusihim harajan mimmaa qadayta wayusallimoo tasleemaa

DIN 31635falā warabbika lā yuʾminūna ḥattā yuḥakkimūka fīmā šaǧara baynahum ṯumma lā yaǧidū fī ʾanfusihim ḥaraǧan mimmā qaḍayta wayusallimū taslīman

But no, by your Lord, they will not believe until they call you to arbitrate in their disputes, and then find within themselves no resentment regarding your decisions, and submit themselves completely.

Compare translations (4)

But nay, by thy Lord, they will not believe (in truth) until they make thee judge of what is in dispute between them and find within themselves no dislike of that which thou decidest, and submit with full submission

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But no! by thy Lord! they will not believe, until they have made thee judge of what they differ on; then they will not find in themselves aught to hinder what thou hast decreed, and they will submit with submission

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they will not - I swear by thy Lord - they will not believe, until they have set thee up as judge between them on points where they differ. Then shall they not find in their own minds any difficulty in thy decisions, and shall submit with entire submission

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And by thy Lord they will not perfectly believe, until they make thee judge of their controversies; and shall not afterwards find in their own minds any hardship in what thou shalt determine, but shall acquiesce therein with entire submission

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:66

وَلَوْ أَنَّا كَتَبْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ أَنِ ٱقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمْ أَوِ ٱخْرُجُوا۟ مِن دِيَٰرِكُم مَّا فَعَلُوهُ إِلَّا قَلِيلٌ مِّنْهُمْ وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ فَعَلُوا۟ مَا يُوعَظُونَ بِهِۦ لَكَانَ خَيْرًا لَّهُمْ وَأَشَدَّ تَثْبِيتًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaw annaa katabnaa 'alayhim ani qtuloo anfusakum awi khrujoo min diyaarikum maa fa'aloohu illaa qaleelun minhum walaw annahum fa'aloo maa yoo'azoona bihi lakaana khayran lahum wa'ashadda tathbeetaa

DIN 31635walaw ʾannā katabnā ʿalayhim ʾani qtulū ʾanfusakum ʾawi ḫruǧū min diyārikum mā faʿalūhu ʾillā qalīlun minhum walaw ʾannahum faʿalū mā yūʿaẓūna bihi lakāna ḫayran lahum waʾašadda taṯbītan

Had We decreed for them: "Kill yourselves," or "Leave your homes," they would not have done it, except for a few of them. But had they done what they were instructed to do, it would have been better for them, and a firmer confirmation.

Compare translations (4)

And if We had decreed for them: Lay down your lives or go forth from your dwellings, but few of them would have done it; though if they did what they are exhorted to do it would be better for them, and more strengthening

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But had we prescribed for them, 'Kill yourselves, or go ye forth out of your houses,' they would not have done it, save only a few of them; but had they done what they are admonished, then it would have been better for them, and a more firm assurance

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Had we laid down such a law for them as "Kill yourselves, or abandon your dwellings," but few of them would have done it. But had they done that to which they were exhorted, better and it been for them, and stronger for the confirmation of their faith

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if we had commanded them, saying, slay your selves, or depart from your houses; they would not have done it, except a few of them. And if they had done what they were admonished, it would certainly have been better for them, and more efficacious for confirming their faith

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:67

وَإِذًا لَّـَٔاتَيْنَٰهُم مِّن لَّدُنَّآ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhan la'aataynaahum min ladunnaa ajran 'azeemaa

DIN 31635waʾiḏan laʾātaynāhum min ladunnā ʾaǧran ʿaẓīman

The translators word this verse differently

And We would have given them from Our presence a rich compensation.

Compare translations (4)

And then We should bestow upon them from Our presence an immense reward

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And then we would surely have brought them from ourselves a mighty hire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

In that case we had surely given them from ourself a great recompense

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and we should then have surely given them in our sight an exceeding great reward

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:68

وَلَهَدَيْنَٰهُمْ صِرَٰطًا مُّسْتَقِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walahadaynaahum siraatan mustaqeemaa

DIN 31635walahadaynāhum ṣirāṭan mustaqīman

And We would have guided them on a straight path.

Compare translations (4)

And should guide them unto a straight path

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and would have guided them into a right path

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

and on the straight path should we surely have guided them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and we should have directed them in the right way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:69

وَمَن يُطِعِ ٱللَّهَ وَٱلرَّسُولَ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَعَ ٱلَّذِينَ أَنْعَمَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِم مِّنَ ٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ وَٱلصِّدِّيقِينَ وَٱلشُّهَدَآءِ وَٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ وَحَسُنَ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ رَفِيقًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman yuti'i llaaha war-rasoola fa'oolaa'ika ma'a lladheena an'ama llaahu 'alayhim mina n-nabiyyeena was-siddeeqeena wash-shuhadaa'i was-saaliheena wahasuna oolaa'ika rafeeqaa

DIN 31635waman yuṭiʿi llāha war-rasūla faʾūlāʾika maʿa llaḏīna ʾanʿama llāhu ʿalayhim mina n-nabiyyīna waṣ-ṣiddīqīna waš-šuhadāʾi waṣ-ṣāliḥīna waḥasuna ʾūlāʾika rafīqan

Whoever obeys God and the Messenger-these are with those whom God has blessed-among the prophets, and the sincere, and the martyrs, and the upright. Excellent are those as companions.

Compare translations (4)

Whoso obeyeth Allah and the messenger, they are with those unto whom Allah hath shown favour, of the prophets and the saints and the martyrs and the righteous. The best of company are they

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whoso obeys God and the Apostle, these are with those God has been pleased with, of prophets and confessors and martyrs and the righteous; - a fair company are they

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whoever shall obey God and the Apostle, these shall be with those of the Prophets, and of the Sincere, and of the Martyrs, and of the Just, to whom God hath been gracious. These are a goodly band

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whoever obeyeth God and the apostle, they shall be with those unto whom God hath been gracious, of the prophets, and the sincere, and the martyrs, and the righteous; and these are the most excellent company

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:70

ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَضْلُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ عَلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika l-fadlu mina llaahi wakafaa billaahi 'aleemaa

DIN 31635ḏālika l-faḍlu mina llāhi wakafā billāhi ʿalīman

The translators word this verse differently

That is the grace from God. God suffices as Knower.

Compare translations (4)

That is bounty from Allah, and Allah sufficeth as Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

That is grace from God, and God knows well enough

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This is the bounty of God; and in knowledge doth God suffice

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

This is bounty from God; and God is sufficiently knowing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:71

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ خُذُوا۟ حِذْرَكُمْ فَٱنفِرُوا۟ ثُبَاتٍ أَوِ ٱنفِرُوا۟ جَمِيعًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo khudhoo hidhrakum faanfiroo thubaatin awi nfiroo jamee'aa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ḫuḏū ḥiḏrakum fānfirū ṯubātin ʾawi nfirū ǧamīʿan

The translators word this verse differently

O you who believe! Take your precautions, and mobilize in groups, or mobilize altogether.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Take your precautions, then advance the proven ones, or advance all together

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! take your precautions and sally in detachments or altogether

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! make use of precautions; and advance in detachments, or , advance in a body

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, take your necessary precaution against your enemies, and either go forth to war in separate parties, or go forth all together in a body

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:72

وَإِنَّ مِنكُمْ لَمَن لَّيُبَطِّئَنَّ فَإِنْ أَصَٰبَتْكُم مُّصِيبَةٌ قَالَ قَدْ أَنْعَمَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىَّ إِذْ لَمْ أَكُن مَّعَهُمْ شَهِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'inna minkum laman layubatti'anna fa'in asaabatkum museebatun qaala qad an'ama llaahu 'alayya idh lam akun ma'ahum shaheedaa

DIN 31635waʾinna minkum laman layubaṭṭiʾanna faʾin ʾaṣābatkum muṣībatun qāla qad ʾanʿama llāhu ʿalayya ʾiḏ lam ʾakun maʿahum šahīdan

Among you is he who lags behind. Then, when a calamity befalls you, he says, "God has favored me, that I was not martyred with them."

Compare translations (4)

Lo! among you there is he who loitereth; and if disaster overtook you, he would say: Allah hath been gracious unto me since I was not present with them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, there is of you who tarries behind, and, if a mischance befalls you, says, 'God has been gracious to me, since I am not with them a martyr

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

There is of you who will be a laggard: and if a reverse befall you he saith, "Now hath God dealt graciously with me, since I was not with you in the fight

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is of you who tarrieth behind; and if a misfortune befall you, he saith, verily God hath been gracious unto me, that I was not present with them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:73

وَلَئِنْ أَصَٰبَكُمْ فَضْلٌ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ لَيَقُولَنَّ كَأَن لَّمْ تَكُنۢ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَهُۥ مَوَدَّةٌ يَٰلَيْتَنِى كُنتُ مَعَهُمْ فَأَفُوزَ فَوْزًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wala'in asaabakum fadlun mina llaahi layaqoolanna ka'an lam takun baynakum wabaynahu mawaddatun yaa laytanee kuntu ma'ahum fa'afooza fawzan 'azeemaa

DIN 31635walaʾin ʾaṣābakum faḍlun mina llāhi layaqūlanna kaʾan lam takun baynakum wabaynahu mawaddatun yā laytanī kuntu maʿahum faʾafūza fawzan ʿaẓīman

But when some bounty from God comes to you, he says-as if no affection existed between you and him-"If only I had been with them, I would have achieved a great victory."

Compare translations (4)

And if a bounty from Allah befell you, he would surely cry, as if there had been no love between you and him: Oh, would that I had been with them, then should I have achieved a great success

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But if there befalls you grace from God, he would say - as though there were no friendship between you and him - 'O would that I had been with thee to attain this mighty happiness

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if a success from God betide you, he will say, as if there had never been any friendship between you and him, "Would I had been with them! a rich prize should I have won

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But if success attend you from God, he will say, -- as if there was no friendship between you and him, -- would to God I had been with them, for I should have acquired great merit

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:74

فَلْيُقَٰتِلْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَشْرُونَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةَ ٱلدُّنْيَا بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَمَن يُقَٰتِلْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ فَيُقْتَلْ أَوْ يَغْلِبْ فَسَوْفَ نُؤْتِيهِ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falyuqaatil fee sabeeli llaahi lladheena yashroona l-hayaata d-dunyaa bil-'aakhirati waman yuqaatil fee sabeeli llaahi fayuqtal aw yaghlib fasawfa nu'teehi ajran 'azeemaa

DIN 31635falyuqātil fī sabīli llāhi llaḏīna yašrūna l-ḥayāta d-dunyā bil-ʾāḫirati waman yuqātil fī sabīli llāhi fayuqtal ʾaw yaġlib fasawfa nuʾtīhi ʾaǧran ʿaẓīman

Let those who sell the life of this world for the Hereafter fight in the cause of God. Whoever fights in the cause of God, and then is killed, or achieves victory, We will grant him a great compensation.

Compare translations (4)

Let those fight in the way of Allah who sell the life of this world for the other. Whoso fighteth in the way of Allah, be he slain or be he victorious, on him We shall bestow a vast reward

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Let those then fight in God's way who sell this life of the world for the next; and whoso fights in God's way, then, be he killed or be he victorious, we will give him a mighty hire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Let those then fight on the path of God, who barter this present life for that which is to come; for whoever fighteth on God's path, whether he be slain or conquer, we will in the end give him a great reward

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Let them therefore fight for the religion of God, who part with the present life in exchange for that which is to come; for whosoever fighteth for the religion of God, whether he be slain, or be victorious, we will surely give him a great reward

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:75

وَمَا لَكُمْ لَا تُقَٰتِلُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ مِنَ ٱلرِّجَالِ وَٱلنِّسَآءِ وَٱلْوِلْدَٰنِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَآ أَخْرِجْنَا مِنْ هَٰذِهِ ٱلْقَرْيَةِ ٱلظَّالِمِ أَهْلُهَا وَٱجْعَل لَّنَا مِن لَّدُنكَ وَلِيًّا وَٱجْعَل لَّنَا مِن لَّدُنكَ نَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa lakum laa tuqaatiloona fee sabeeli llaahi wal-mustad'afeena mina r-rijaali wan-nisaa'i wal-wildaani lladheena yaqooloona rabbanaa akhrijnaa min haadhihi l-qaryati z-zaalimi ahluhaa waj'al lanaa min ladunka waliyyan waj'al lanaa min ladunka naseeraa

DIN 31635wamā lakum lā tuqātilūna fī sabīli llāhi wal-mustaḍʿafīna mina r-riǧāli wan-nisāʾi wal-wildāni llaḏīna yaqūlūna rabbanā ʾaḫriǧnā min hāḏihi l-qaryati ẓ-ẓālimi ʾahluhā waǧʿal lanā min ladunka waliyyan waǧʿal lanā min ladunka naṣīran

And why would you not fight in the cause of God, and the helpless men, and women, and children, cry out, "Our Lord, deliver us from this town whose people are oppressive, and appoint for us from Your Presence a Protector, and appoint for us from Your Presence a Victor."

Compare translations (4)

How should ye not fight for the cause of Allah and of the feeble among men and of the women and the children who are crying: Our Lord! Bring us forth from out this town of which the people are oppressors! Oh, give us from thy presence some protecting friend! Oh, give us from Thy presence some defender

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

What ails you that ye do not fight in God's way, and for the weak men and women and children, who say, 'Lord, bring us out of this town of oppressive folk, and make for us from Thee a patron, and make for us from Thee a help

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But what hath come to you that ye fight not on the path of God, and for the weak among men, women and children, who say, "O our Lord! bring us forth from this city whose inhabitants are oppressors; give us a champion from thy presence; and give us from thy presence a defender

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And what ails you, that ye fight not for God's true religion, and in defence of the weak among men, women, and children, who say, O Lord, bring us forth from this city, whose inhabitants are wicked; grant us from before thee a protector, and grant us from before thee a defender

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:76

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ يُقَٰتِلُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يُقَٰتِلُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱلطَّٰغُوتِ فَقَٰتِلُوٓا۟ أَوْلِيَآءَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ إِنَّ كَيْدَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ كَانَ ضَعِيفًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena aamanoo yuqaatiloona fee sabeeli llaahi walladheena kafaroo yuqaatiloona fee sabeeli t-taaghooti faqaatiloo awliyaa'a sh-shaytaani inna kayda sh-shaytaani kaana da'eefaa

DIN 31635allaḏīna ʾāmanū yuqātilūna fī sabīli llāhi wallaḏīna kafarū yuqātilūna fī sabīli ṭ-ṭāġūti faqātilū ʾawliyāʾa š-šayṭāni ʾinna kayda š-šayṭāni kāna ḍaʿīfan

The translators word this verse differently

Those who believe fight in the cause of God, while those who disbelieve fight in the cause of Evil. So fight the allies of the Devil. Surely the strategy of the Devil is weak.

Compare translations (4)

Those who believe do battle for the cause of Allah; and those who disbelieve do battle for the cause of idols. So fight the minions of the devil. Lo! the devil's strategy is ever weak

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who believe fight in the way of God; and those who disbelieve fight in the way of Taghut; fight ye then against the friends of Satan, verily, Satan's tricks are weak

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who believe, fight on the path of God; and they who believe not, fight on the path of Thagout: Fight therefore against the friends of Satan. Verily craft of Satan shall be powerless

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who believe fight for the religion of God; but they who believe not fight for the religion of Taghut. Fight therefore against the friends of Satan, for the stratagem of Satan is weak

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:77

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ قِيلَ لَهُمْ كُفُّوٓا۟ أَيْدِيَكُمْ وَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ فَلَمَّا كُتِبَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْقِتَالُ إِذَا فَرِيقٌ مِّنْهُمْ يَخْشَوْنَ ٱلنَّاسَ كَخَشْيَةِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْ أَشَدَّ خَشْيَةً وَقَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا لِمَ كَتَبْتَ عَلَيْنَا ٱلْقِتَالَ لَوْلَآ أَخَّرْتَنَآ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍ قَرِيبٍ قُلْ مَتَٰعُ ٱلدُّنْيَا قَلِيلٌ وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُ خَيْرٌ لِّمَنِ ٱتَّقَىٰ وَلَا تُظْلَمُونَ فَتِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam tara ilaa lladheena qeela lahum kuffoo aydiyakum wa'aqeemoo s-salaata wa'aatoo z-zakaata falammaa kutiba 'alayhimu l-qitaalu idhaa fareequn minhum yakhshawna n-naasa kakhashyati llaahi aw ashadda khashyatan waqaaloo rabbanaa lima katabta 'alaynaa l-qitaala lawlaa akhkhartanaa ilaa ajalin qareebin qul mataa'u d-dunyaa qaleelun wal-'aakhiratu khayrun limani taqaa walaa tuzlamoona fateelaa

DIN 31635ʾalam tara ʾilā llaḏīna qīla lahum kuffū ʾaydiyakum waʾaqīmū ṣ-ṣalāta waʾātū z-zakāta falammā kutiba ʿalayhimu l-qitālu ʾiḏā farīqun minhum yaḫšawna n-nāsa kaḫašyati llāhi ʾaw ʾašadda ḫašyatan waqālū rabbanā lima katabta ʿalaynā l-qitāla lawlā ʾaḫḫartanā ʾilā ʾaǧalin qarībin qul matāʿu d-dunyā qalīlun wal-ʾāḫiratu ḫayrun limani taqā walā tuẓlamūna fatīlan

Have you not considered those who were told, "Restrain your hands, and perform your prayers, and spend in regular charity"? But when fighting was ordained for them, a faction of them feared the people as God is ought to be feared, or even more. And they said, "Our Lord, why did You ordain fighting for us? If only You would postpone it for us for a short while." Say, "The enjoyments of this life are brief, but the Hereafter is better for the righteous, and you will not be wronged one bit."

Compare translations (4)

Hast thou not seen those unto whom it was said: Withhold your hands, establish worship and pay the poordue, but when fighting was prescribed for them behold! a party of them fear mankind even as their fear of Allah or with greater fear, and say: Our Lord! Why hast Thou ordained fighting for us? If only Thou wouldst give us respite yet a while! Say (unto them, O Muhammad): The comfort of this world is scant; the Hereafter will be better for him who wardeth off (evil); and ye will not be wronged the down upon a date-stone

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do ye not see those to whom it is said, 'Restrain your hands, and be steadfast in prayer and give alms;' and when it is prescribed for them to fight then a band of them fear men, as though it were the fear of God or a still stronger fear, and they say, 'O our Lord! why hast thou prescribed for us to fight, couldst thou not let us abide till our near appointed time?' Say, 'The enjoyment of this world is but slight, and the next is better for him who fears:- but they shall not be wronged a straw

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Hast thou not marked those to whom it was said, "Withhold your hands awhile from war; and observe prayer, and pay the stated alms." But when war is commanded them, lo! a portion of them fear men as with the fear of God, or with a yet greater fear, and say: "O our Lord! why hast thou commanded us war? Couldst thou not have given us respite till our not distant end?" SAY: Small the fruition of this world; but the next life is the true good for him who feareth God! and ye shall not be wronged so much as the skin of a date stone

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Hast thou not observed those unto whom it was said, withhold your hands from war, and be constant at prayers, and pay the legal alms? But when war is commanded them, behold, a part of them fear men as they should fear God, or with a greater fear, and say, O Lord, wherefore hast thou commanded us to go to war, and hast not suffered us to wait our approaching end? Say unto them, The provision of this life is but small; but the future shall be better for him who feareth God; and ye shall not be in the least injured at the day of judgment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:78

أَيْنَمَا تَكُونُوا۟ يُدْرِككُّمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ وَلَوْ كُنتُمْ فِى بُرُوجٍ مُّشَيَّدَةٍ وَإِن تُصِبْهُمْ حَسَنَةٌ يَقُولُوا۟ هَٰذِهِۦ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ وَإِن تُصِبْهُمْ سَيِّئَةٌ يَقُولُوا۟ هَٰذِهِۦ مِنْ عِندِكَ قُلْ كُلٌّ مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ فَمَالِ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلْقَوْمِ لَا يَكَادُونَ يَفْقَهُونَ حَدِيثًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)aynamaa takoonoo yudrikkumu l-mawtu walaw kuntum fee buroojin mushayyadatin wa'in tusibhum hasanatun yaqooloo haadhihi min 'indi llaahi wa'in tusibhum sayyi'atun yaqooloo haadhihi min 'indika qul kullun min 'indi llaahi famaali haa'ulaa'i l-qawmi laa yakaadoona yafqahoona hadeethaa

DIN 31635ʾaynamā takūnū yudrikkumu l-mawtu walaw kuntum fī burūǧin mušayyadatin waʾin tuṣibhum ḥasanatun yaqūlū hāḏihi min ʿindi llāhi waʾin tuṣibhum sayyiʾatun yaqūlū hāḏihi min ʿindika qul kullun min ʿindi llāhi famāli hāʾulāʾi l-qawmi lā yakādūna yafqahūna ḥadīṯan

Wherever you may be, death will catch up with you, even if you were in fortified towers. When a good fortune comes their way, they say, "This is from God." But when a misfortune befalls them, they say, "This is from you." Say, "All is from God." So what is the matter with these people, that they hardly understand a thing?

Compare translations (4)

Wheresoever ye may be, death will overtake you, even though ye were in lofty towers. Yet if a happy thing befalleth them they say: This is from Allah; and if an evil thing befalleth them they say: This is of thy doing (O Muhammad). Say (unto them): All is from Allah. What is amiss with these people that they come not nigh to understand a happening

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Wheresoe'er ye be death will overtake you, though ye were in lofty towers. And if a good thing befall them, they say, 'This is from God,' but if a bad thing, they say, 'This is from thee.' Say, 'It is all from God.' What ails these people? they can hardly understand a tale

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Wherever ye be, death will overtake you - although ye be in lofty towers! If good fortune betide them, they say, "This is from God;" and if evil betide them, they say, "This is from thee." SAY: All is from God: But what hath come to these people that they are not near to understanding what is told them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Wheresoever ye be, death will overtake you, although ye be in lofty towers. If good befall them, they say, this is from God; but if evil befall them, they say, this is from thee, O Mohammed: Say, all is from God; and what aileth these people, that they are so far from understanding what is said unto them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:79

مَّآ أَصَابَكَ مِنْ حَسَنَةٍ فَمِنَ ٱللَّهِ وَمَآ أَصَابَكَ مِن سَيِّئَةٍ فَمِن نَّفْسِكَ وَأَرْسَلْنَٰكَ لِلنَّاسِ رَسُولًا وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ شَهِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)maa asaabaka min hasanatin famina llaahi wamaa asaabaka min sayyi'atin famin nafsika wa'arsalnaaka lilnnaasi rasoolan wakafaa billaahi shaheedaa

DIN 31635mā ʾaṣābaka min ḥasanatin famina llāhi wamā ʾaṣābaka min sayyiʾatin famin nafsika waʾarsalnāka lilnnāsi rasūlan wakafā billāhi šahīdan

Whatever good happens to you is from God, and whatever bad happens to you is from your own self. We sent you to humanity as a messenger, and God is Witness enough.

Compare translations (4)

Whatever of good befalleth thee (O man) it is from Allah, and whatever of ill befalleth thee it is from thyself. We have sent thee (Muhammad) as a messenger unto mankind and Allah is sufficient as Witness

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

What befalls thee of good it is from God; and what befalls thee of bad it is from thyself. We have sent thee to mankind as an apostle, and God sufficeth for a witness

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whatever good betideth thee is from God, and whatever betideth thee of evil is from thyself; and we have sent thee to mankind as an apostle: God is thy sufficing witness

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whatever good befalleth thee, O man it is from God; and whatever evil befalleth thee, it is from thy self. We have sent thee an apostle unto men, and God is a sufficient witness thereof

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:80

مَّن يُطِعِ ٱلرَّسُولَ فَقَدْ أَطَاعَ ٱللَّهَ وَمَن تَوَلَّىٰ فَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَٰكَ عَلَيْهِمْ حَفِيظًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)man yuti'i r-rasoola faqad ataa'a llaaha waman tawallaa famaa arsalnaaka 'alayhim hafeezaa

DIN 31635man yuṭiʿi r-rasūla faqad ʾaṭāʿa llāha waman tawallā famā ʾarsalnāka ʿalayhim ḥafīẓan

The translators word this verse differently

Whoever obeys the Messenger is obeying God. And whoever turns away-We did not send you as a watcher over them.

Compare translations (4)

Whoso obeyeth the messenger hath obeyed Allah, and whoso turneth away: We have not sent thee as a warder over them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whoso obeys the prophet he has obeyed God; and he who turns back - we have not sent thee to watch over them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whoso obeyeth the Apostle, in so doing obeyeth God: and as to those who turn back from thee, we have not sent thee to be their keeper

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whoever obeyeth the apostle, obeyeth God; and whoever turneth back, we have not sent thee to be a keeper over them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:81

وَيَقُولُونَ طَاعَةٌ فَإِذَا بَرَزُوا۟ مِنْ عِندِكَ بَيَّتَ طَآئِفَةٌ مِّنْهُمْ غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى تَقُولُ وَٱللَّهُ يَكْتُبُ مَا يُبَيِّتُونَ فَأَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ وَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ وَكِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wayaqooloona taa'atun fa'idhaa barazoo min 'indika bayyata taa'ifatun minhum ghayra lladhee taqoolu wallaahu yaktubu maa yubayyitoona fa'a'rid 'anhum watawakkal 'alaa llaahi wakafaa billaahi wakeelaa

DIN 31635wayaqūlūna ṭāʿatun faʾiḏā barazū min ʿindika bayyata ṭāʾifatun minhum ġayra llaḏī taqūlu wallāhu yaktubu mā yubayyitūna faʾaʿriḍ ʿanhum watawakkal ʿalā llāhi wakafā billāhi wakīlan

The translators word this verse differently

They profess obedience, but when they leave your presence, some of them conspire something contrary to what you said. But God writes down what they conspire. So avoid them, and put your trust in God. God is Guardian enough.

Compare translations (4)

And they say: (It is) obedience; but when they have gone forth from thee a party of them spend the night in planning other than what thou sayest. Allah recordeth what they plan by night. So oppose them and put thy trust in Allah. Allah is sufficient as Trustee

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They say, 'Obedience!' but when they sally forth from you, a company of them brood by night over something else than that which thou hast said; but God writes down that over which they brood. Turn then from them and rely on God, for God sufficeth for a guardian

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Moreover, they say: "Obedience!" but when they come forth from thy presence, a party of them brood by night over other than thy words; but God writeth down what they brood over: therefore separate thyself from them, and put thou thy trust in God. is a sufficient protector

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They say, obedience: Yet when they go forth from thee, part of them meditate by night a matter different from what thou speakest; but God shall write down what they meditate by night: Therefore let them alone, and trust in God, for God is a sufficient protector

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:82

أَفَلَا يَتَدَبَّرُونَ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ وَلَوْ كَانَ مِنْ عِندِ غَيْرِ ٱللَّهِ لَوَجَدُوا۟ فِيهِ ٱخْتِلَٰفًا كَثِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)afalaa yatadabbaroona l-qur'aana walaw kaana min 'indi ghayri llaahi lawajadoo feehi khtilaafan katheeraa

DIN 31635ʾafalā yatadabbarūna l-qurʾāna walaw kāna min ʿindi ġayri llāhi lawaǧadū fīhi ḫtilāfan kaṯīran

Do they not ponder the Quran? Had it been from any other than God, they would have found in it much discrepancy.

Compare translations (4)

Will they not then ponder on the Qur'an? If it had been from other than Allah they would have found therein much incongruity

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do they not meditate on the Qur'ran? if it were from other than God they would find in it many a discrepancy

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Can they not consider the Koran? Were it from any other than God, they would surely have found in it many contradictions

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Do they not attentively consider the Koran? If it had been from any besides God, they would certainly have found therein many contradictions

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:83

وَإِذَا جَآءَهُمْ أَمْرٌ مِّنَ ٱلْأَمْنِ أَوِ ٱلْخَوْفِ أَذَاعُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَلَوْ رَدُّوهُ إِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ وَإِلَىٰٓ أُو۟لِى ٱلْأَمْرِ مِنْهُمْ لَعَلِمَهُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَسْتَنۢبِطُونَهُۥ مِنْهُمْ وَلَوْلَا فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ لَٱتَّبَعْتُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa jaa'ahum amrun mina l-'amni awi l-khawfi adhaa'oo bihi walaw raddoohu ilaa r-rasooli wa'ilaa oolee l-'amri minhum la'alimahu lladheena yastanbitoonahu minhum walawlaa fadlu llaahi 'alaykum warahmatuhu laattaba'tumu sh-shaytaana illaa qaleelaa

DIN 31635waʾiḏā ǧāʾahum ʾamrun mina l-ʾamni ʾawi l-ḫawfi ʾaḏāʿū bihi walaw raddūhu ʾilā r-rasūli waʾilā ʾūlī l-ʾamri minhum laʿalimahu llaḏīna yastanbiṭūnahu minhum walawlā faḍlu llāhi ʿalaykum waraḥmatuhu lāttabaʿtumu š-šayṭāna ʾillā qalīlan

When some news of security or alarm comes their way, they broadcast it. But had they referred it to the Messenger, and to those in authority among them, those who can draw conclusions from it would have comprehended it. Were it not for God's blessing and mercy upon you, you would have followed the Devil, except for a few.

Compare translations (4)

And if any tidings, whether of safety or fear, come unto them, they noise it abroad, whereas if they had referred it to the messenger and to such of them as are in authority, those among them who are able to think out the matter would have known it. If it had not been for the grace of Allah upon you and His mercy ye would have followed Satan, save a few (of you)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when there comes to them a matter of security or fear they publish it; but if they were to report it to the Apostle and to those in authority amongst them, then those of them who would elicit it from them would know it; but were it not for God's grace upon you and His mercy ye had followed Satan, save a few

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when tidings, either of security or alarm, reach them, they tell them abroad; but if they would report them to the apostle, and to those who are in authority among them, those who desire information would learn it from them. But for the goodness and mercy of God towards you, ye would have followed Satan except a few

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When any news cometh unto them, either of security or fear, they immediately divulge it; but if they told it to the apostle and to those who are in authority among them, such of them would understand the truth of the matter, as inform themselves thereof from the apostle and his chiefs. And if the favour of God and his mercy had not been upon you, ye had followed the devil, except a few of you

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:84

فَقَٰتِلْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ لَا تُكَلَّفُ إِلَّا نَفْسَكَ وَحَرِّضِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَسَى ٱللَّهُ أَن يَكُفَّ بَأْسَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَٱللَّهُ أَشَدُّ بَأْسًا وَأَشَدُّ تَنكِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faqaatil fee sabeeli llaahi laa tukallafu illaa nafsaka waharridi l-mu'mineena 'asaa llaahu an yakuffa ba'sa lladheena kafaroo wallaahu ashaddu ba'san wa'ashaddu tankeelaa

DIN 31635faqātil fī sabīli llāhi lā tukallafu ʾillā nafsaka waḥarriḍi l-muʾminīna ʿasā llāhu ʾan yakuffa baʾsa llaḏīna kafarū wallāhu ʾašaddu baʾsan waʾašaddu tankīlan

The translators word this verse differently

So fight in the cause of God; you are responsible only for yourself. And rouse the believers. Perhaps God will restrain the might of those who disbelieve. God is Stronger in Might, and More Punishing.

Compare translations (4)

So fight (O Muhammad) in the way of Allah Thou art not taxed (with the responsibility for anyone) except thyself - and urge on the believers. Peradventure Allah will restrain the might of those who disbelieve. Allah is stronger in might and stronger in inflicting punishment

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Fight, then, in the way of God; impose not aught on any but thyself, and urge on the believers; it may be that God will restrain the violence of those who misbelieve, for God is more violent and more severe to punish

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Fight, therefore, on God's path: lay not burdens on any but thyself; and stir up the faithful. The might of the infidels haply will god restrain, for God is the stronger in prowess, and the stronger to punish

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Fight therefore for the religion of God, and oblige not any to what is difficult, except thy self; however excite the faithful to war, perhaps God will restrain the courage of the unbelievers; for God is stronger than they, and more able to punish

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:85

مَّن يَشْفَعْ شَفَٰعَةً حَسَنَةً يَكُن لَّهُۥ نَصِيبٌ مِّنْهَا وَمَن يَشْفَعْ شَفَٰعَةً سَيِّئَةً يَكُن لَّهُۥ كِفْلٌ مِّنْهَا وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ مُّقِيتًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)man yashfa' shafaa'atan hasanatan yakun lahu naseebun minhaa waman yashfa' shafaa'atan sayyi'atan yakun lahu kiflun minhaa wakaana llaahu 'alaa kulli shay'in muqeetaa

DIN 31635man yašfaʿ šafāʿatan ḥasanatan yakun lahu naṣībun minhā waman yašfaʿ šafāʿatan sayyiʾatan yakun lahu kiflun minhā wakāna llāhu ʿalā kulli šayʾin muqītan

The translators word this verse differently

Whoever intercedes for a good cause has a share in it, and whoever intercedes for an evil cause shares in its burdens. God keeps watch over everything.

Compare translations (4)

Whoso interveneth in a good cause will have the reward thereof, and whoso interveneth in an evil cause will bear the consequence thereof. Allah overseeth all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whoso intercedes with a good intercession shall have a portion therefrom; but he who intercedes with a bad intercession shall have the like thereof, for God keeps watch over all things

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He who shall mediate between men for a good purpose shall be the gainer by it. But he who shall mediate with an evil mediation shall reap the fruit of it. And God keepeth watch over everything

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He who intercedeth between men with a good intercession shall have a portion thereof; and he who intercedeth with an evil intercession shall have a portion thereof; for God overlooketh all things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:86

وَإِذَا حُيِّيتُم بِتَحِيَّةٍ فَحَيُّوا۟ بِأَحْسَنَ مِنْهَآ أَوْ رُدُّوهَآ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ حَسِيبًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa huyyeetum bitahiyyatin fahayyoo bi'ahsana minhaa aw ruddoohaa inna llaaha kaana 'alaa kulli shay'in haseebaa

DIN 31635waʾiḏā ḥuyyītum bitaḥiyyatin faḥayyū biʾaḥsana minhā ʾaw ruddūhā ʾinna llāha kāna ʿalā kulli šayʾin ḥasīban

When you are greeted with a greeting, respond with a better greeting, or return it. God keeps count of everything.

Compare translations (4)

When ye are greeted with a greeting, greet ye with a better than it or return it. Lo! Allah taketh count of all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when ye are saluted with a salutation, salute with a better than it, or return it;- verily, God of all things takes account

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If ye are greeted with a greeting, then greet ye with a better greeting, or at least return it: God taketh count of all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When ye are saluted with a salutation, salute the person with a better salutation, or at least return the same; for God taketh an account of all things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:87

ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهِ وَمَنْ أَصْدَقُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ حَدِيثًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)allaahu laa ilaaha illaa huwa layajma'annakum ilaa yawmi l-qiyaamati laa rayba feehi waman asdaqu mina llaahi hadeethaa

DIN 31635allāhu lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa layaǧmaʿannakum ʾilā yawmi l-qiyāmati lā rayba fīhi waman ʾaṣdaqu mina llāhi ḥadīṯan

God-there is no god except He. He will gather you to the Day of Resurrection, in which there is no doubt. And who speaks more truly than God?

Compare translations (4)

Allah! There is no Allah save Him. He gathereth you all unto a Day of Resurrection whereof there is no doubt. Who is more true in statement than Allah

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God, there is no God but He! He will surely assemble you on the resurrection day, there is no doubt therein; who is truer than God in his discourse

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God! there is no god but He! He will certainly assemble you on the day of resurrection. There is no doubt of it. And whose word is more true than God's

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God! There is no God but He; He will surely gather you together on the day of resurrection; there is no doubt of it: And who is more true than God in what he saith

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:88

فَمَا لَكُمْ فِى ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ فِئَتَيْنِ وَٱللَّهُ أَرْكَسَهُم بِمَا كَسَبُوٓا۟ أَتُرِيدُونَ أَن تَهْدُوا۟ مَنْ أَضَلَّ ٱللَّهُ وَمَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُۥ سَبِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)famaa lakum fee l-munaafiqeena fi'atayni wallaahu arkasahum bimaa kasaboo atureedoona an tahdoo man adalla llaahu waman yudlili llaahu falan tajida lahu sabeelaa

DIN 31635famā lakum fī l-munāfiqīna fiʾatayni wallāhu ʾarkasahum bimā kasabū ʾaturīdūna ʾan tahdū man ʾaḍalla llāhu waman yuḍlili llāhu falan taǧida lahu sabīlan

The translators word this verse differently

What is the matter with you, divided into two factions regarding the hypocrites, when God Himself has overwhelmed them on account of what they did? Do you want to guide those whom God has led astray? Whomever God leads astray-you will never find for him a way.

Compare translations (4)

What aileth you that ye are become two parties regarding the hypocrites, when Allah cast them back (to disbelief) because of what they earned? Seek ye to guide him whom Allah hath sent astray? He whom Allah sendeth astray, for him thou (O MUhammad) canst not find a road

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Why are ye two parties about the hypocrites, when God hath overturned them for what they earned? Do ye wish to guide those whom God hath led astray? Whoso God hath led astray ye shall not surely find for him a path

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Why are ye two parties on the subject of the hypocrites, when God hath cast them off for their doings? Desire ye to guide those whom god hath led astray? But for him whom God leadeth astray, thou shalt by no means find a pathway

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Why are ye divided concerning the ungodly into two parties; since God hath overturned them for what they have committed? Will ye direct him whom God hath led astray; since for him whom God shall lead astray, thou shalt find no true path

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:89

وَدُّوا۟ لَوْ تَكْفُرُونَ كَمَا كَفَرُوا۟ فَتَكُونُونَ سَوَآءً فَلَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ أَوْلِيَآءَ حَتَّىٰ يُهَاجِرُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَخُذُوهُمْ وَٱقْتُلُوهُمْ حَيْثُ وَجَدتُّمُوهُمْ وَلَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ وَلِيًّا وَلَا نَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waddoo law takfuroona kamaa kafaroo fatakoonoona sawaa'an falaa tattakhidhoo minhum awliyaa'a hattaa yuhaajiroo fee sabeeli llaahi fa'in tawallaw fakhudhoohum waqtuloohum haythu wajadttumoohum walaa tattakhidhoo minhum waliyyan walaa naseeraa

DIN 31635waddū law takfurūna kamā kafarū fatakūnūna sawāʾan falā tattaḫiḏū minhum ʾawliyāʾa ḥattā yuhāǧirū fī sabīli llāhi faʾin tawallaw faḫuḏūhum waqtulūhum ḥayṯu waǧadttumūhum walā tattaḫiḏū minhum waliyyan walā naṣīran

The translators word this verse differently

They would love to see you disbelieve, just as they disbelieve, so you would become equal. So do not befriend any of them, unless they emigrate in the way of God. If they turn away, seize them and execute them wherever you may find them; and do not take from among them allies or supporters.

Compare translations (4)

They long that ye should disbelieve even as they disbelieve, that ye may be upon a level (with them). So choose not friends from them till they forsake their homes in the way of Allah; if they turn back (to enmity) then take them and kill them wherever ye find them, and choose no friend nor helper from among them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They would fain that ye misbelieve as they misbelieve, that ye might be alike; take ye not patrons from among them until they too flee in God's way; but if they turn their backs, then seize them and kill them wheresoever ye find them, and take from them neither patron nor help

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They desire that ye should be infidels as they are infidels, and that ye should be alike. Take therefore none of them for friends, till they have fled their homes for the cause of God. If they turn back, then seize them, and slay them wherever ye find them; but take none of them as friends or helpers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They desire that ye should become infidels, as they are infidels, and that ye should be equally wicked with themselves. Therefore take not friends from among them, until they fly their country for the religion of God; and if they turn back from the faith, take them, and kill them where-ever ye find them; and take no friend from among them, nor any helper

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:90

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ يَصِلُونَ إِلَىٰ قَوْمٍۭ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَهُم مِّيثَٰقٌ أَوْ جَآءُوكُمْ حَصِرَتْ صُدُورُهُمْ أَن يُقَٰتِلُوكُمْ أَوْ يُقَٰتِلُوا۟ قَوْمَهُمْ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَسَلَّطَهُمْ عَلَيْكُمْ فَلَقَٰتَلُوكُمْ فَإِنِ ٱعْتَزَلُوكُمْ فَلَمْ يُقَٰتِلُوكُمْ وَأَلْقَوْا۟ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلسَّلَمَ فَمَا جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ عَلَيْهِمْ سَبِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)illaa lladheena yasiloona ilaa qawmin baynakum wabaynahum meethaaqun aw jaa'ookum hasirat sudooruhum an yuqaatilookum aw yuqaatiloo qawmahum walaw shaa'a llaahu lasallatahum 'alaykum falaqaatalookum fa'ini 'tazalookum falam yuqaatilookum wa'alqaw ilaykumu s-salama famaa ja'ala llaahu lakum 'alayhim sabeelaa

DIN 31635ʾillā llaḏīna yaṣilūna ʾilā qawmin baynakum wabaynahum mīṯāqun ʾaw ǧāʾūkum ḥaṣirat ṣudūruhum ʾan yuqātilūkum ʾaw yuqātilū qawmahum walaw šāʾa llāhu lasallaṭahum ʿalaykum falaqātalūkum faʾini ʿtazalūkum falam yuqātilūkum waʾalqaw ʾilaykumu s-salama famā ǧaʿala llāhu lakum ʿalayhim sabīlan

Except those who join people with whom you have a treaty, or those who come to you reluctant to fight you or fight their own people. Had God willed, He would have given them power over you, and they would have fought you. If they withdraw from you, and do not fight you, and offer you peace, then God assigns no excuse for you against them.

Compare translations (4)

Except those who seek refuge with a people between whom and you there is a covenant, or (those who) come unto you because their hearts forbid them to make war on you or make war on their own folk. Had Allah willed He could have given them power over you so that assuredly they would have fought you. So, if they hold aloof from you and wage not war against you and offer you peace, Allah alloweth you no way against them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

save those who reach a people betwixt whom and you is an alliance - or who come to you while their bosoms prevent them from fighting you or fighting their own people. But had God pleased He would have given you dominion over them, and they would surely have fought you. But if they retire from you and do not fight you, and offer you peace,- then God hath given you no way against them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Except those who shall seek and asylum among your allies, and those who come over to you - their hearts forbidding them to make war on you, or to make war on their own people. Had God pleased, he would have given them power against you, and they would have made war upon you! But, if they depart from you, and make not war against you and offer you peace, the God alloweth you no occasion against them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

except those who go unto a people who are in alliance with you, or those who come unto you, their hearts forbidding them either to fight against you, or to fight against their own people. And if God pleased He would have permitted them to have prevailed against you, and they would have fought against you. But if they depart from you, and fight not against you, and offer you peace, God doth not allow you to take or kill of them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:91

سَتَجِدُونَ ءَاخَرِينَ يُرِيدُونَ أَن يَأْمَنُوكُمْ وَيَأْمَنُوا۟ قَوْمَهُمْ كُلَّ مَا رُدُّوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلْفِتْنَةِ أُرْكِسُوا۟ فِيهَا فَإِن لَّمْ يَعْتَزِلُوكُمْ وَيُلْقُوٓا۟ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلسَّلَمَ وَيَكُفُّوٓا۟ أَيْدِيَهُمْ فَخُذُوهُمْ وَٱقْتُلُوهُمْ حَيْثُ ثَقِفْتُمُوهُمْ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكُمْ جَعَلْنَا لَكُمْ عَلَيْهِمْ سُلْطَٰنًا مُّبِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)satajidoona aakhareena yureedoona an ya'manookum waya'manoo qawmahum kulla maa ruddoo ilaa l-fitnati urkisoo feehaa fa'in lam ya'tazilookum wayulqoo ilaykumu s-salama wayakuffoo aydiyahum fakhudhoohum waqtuloohum haythu thaqiftumoohum wa'oolaa'ikum ja'alnaa lakum 'alayhim sultaanan mubeenaa

DIN 31635sataǧidūna ʾāḫarīna yurīdūna ʾan yaʾmanūkum wayaʾmanū qawmahum kulla mā ruddū ʾilā l-fitnati ʾurkisū fīhā faʾin lam yaʿtazilūkum wayulqū ʾilaykumu s-salama wayakuffū ʾaydiyahum faḫuḏūhum waqtulūhum ḥayṯu ṯaqiftumūhum waʾūlāʾikum ǧaʿalnā lakum ʿalayhim sulṭānan mubīnan

You will find others who want security from you, and security from their own people. But whenever they are tempted into civil discord, they plunge into it. So if they do not withdraw from you, nor offer you peace, nor restrain their hands, seize them and execute them wherever you find them. Against these, We have given you clear authorization.

Compare translations (4)

Ye will find others who desire that they should have security from you, and security from their own folk. So often as they are returned to hostility they are plunged therein. If they keep not aloof from you nor offer you peace nor hold their hands, then take them and kill them wherever ye find them. Against such We have given you clear warrant

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ye will find others who seek for quarter from you, and quarter from their own people; whenever they return to sedition they shall be overturned therein: but if they retire not from you, nor offer you peace, nor restrain their hands, then seize them and kill them wheresoever ye find them;- over these we have made for you manifest power

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Ye will find others who seek to gain your confidence as well as that of their own people: So oft as they return to sedition, they shall be overthrown in it: But if they leave you not, nor propose terms or peace to you nor withhold their hands, then seize them, and slay them, wherever ye find them. Over these have we given you undoubted power

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ye shall find others who are desirous to enter into a confidence with you, and at the same time to preserve a confidence with their own people: So often as they return to sedition, they shall be subverted therein; and if they depart not from you, and offer you peace, and restrain their hands from warring against you, take them and kill them wheresoever ye find them; over these have we granted you a manifest power

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:92

وَمَا كَانَ لِمُؤْمِنٍ أَن يَقْتُلَ مُؤْمِنًا إِلَّا خَطَـًٔا وَمَن قَتَلَ مُؤْمِنًا خَطَـًٔا فَتَحْرِيرُ رَقَبَةٍ مُّؤْمِنَةٍ وَدِيَةٌ مُّسَلَّمَةٌ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَصَّدَّقُوا۟ فَإِن كَانَ مِن قَوْمٍ عَدُوٍّ لَّكُمْ وَهُوَ مُؤْمِنٌ فَتَحْرِيرُ رَقَبَةٍ مُّؤْمِنَةٍ وَإِن كَانَ مِن قَوْمٍۭ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَهُم مِّيثَٰقٌ فَدِيَةٌ مُّسَلَّمَةٌ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهِۦ وَتَحْرِيرُ رَقَبَةٍ مُّؤْمِنَةٍ فَمَن لَّمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ شَهْرَيْنِ مُتَتَابِعَيْنِ تَوْبَةً مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa kaana limu'minin an yaqtula mu'minan illaa khata'an waman qatala mu'minan khata'an fatahreeru raqabatin mu'minatin wadiyatun musallamatun ilaa ahlihi illaa an yassaddaqoo fa'in kaana min qawmin 'aduwwin lakum wahuwa mu'minun fatahreeru raqabatin mu'minatin wa'in kaana min qawmin baynakum wabaynahum meethaaqun fadiyatun musallamatun ilaa ahlihi watahreeru raqabatin mu'minatin faman lam yajid fasiyaamu shahrayni mutataabi'ayni tawbatan mina llaahi wakaana llaahu 'aleeman hakeemaa

DIN 31635wamā kāna limuʾminin ʾan yaqtula muʾminan ʾillā ḫaṭaʾan waman qatala muʾminan ḫaṭaʾan fataḥrīru raqabatin muʾminatin wadiyatun musallamatun ʾilā ʾahlihi ʾillā ʾan yaṣṣaddaqū faʾin kāna min qawmin ʿaduwwin lakum wahuwa muʾminun fataḥrīru raqabatin muʾminatin waʾin kāna min qawmin baynakum wabaynahum mīṯāqun fadiyatun musallamatun ʾilā ʾahlihi wataḥrīru raqabatin muʾminatin faman lam yaǧid faṣiyāmu šahrayni mutatābiʿayni tawbatan mina llāhi wakāna llāhu ʿalīman ḥakīman

Never should a believer kill another believer, unless by error. Anyone who kills a believer by error must set free a believing slave, and pay compensation to the victim's family, unless they remit it as charity. If the victim belonged to a people who are hostile to you, but is a believer, then the compensation is to free a believing slave. If he belonged to a people with whom you have a treaty, then compensation should be handed over to his family, and a believing slave set free. Anyone who lacks the means must fast for two consecutive months, by way of repentance to God. God is All-Knowing, Most Wise.

Compare translations (4)

It is not for a believer to kill a believer unless (it be) by mistake. He who hath killed a believer by mistake must set free a believing slave, and pay the blood-money to the family of the slain, unless they remit it as a charity. If he (the victim) be of a people hostile unto you, and he is a believer, then (the penance is) to set free a believing slave. And if he cometh of a folk between whom and you there is a covenant, then the blood-money must be paid unto his folk and (also) a believing slave must be set free. And whoso hath not the wherewithal must fast two consecutive months. A penance from Allah. Allah is Knower, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is not for a believer to kill a believer save by mistake; and whosoever kills a believer by mistake then let him free a believing neck; and the blood-money must be paid to his people save what they shall remit as alms. But if he be from a tribe hostile to you and yet a believer, then let him free a believing neck. And if it be a tribe betwixt whom and you there is an alliance, then let the blood-money be paid to his friends, and let him free a believing neck; but he who cannot find the means, then let him fast for two consecutive months - a penance this from God, for God is knowing, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

A believer killeth not a believer but by mischance: and whoso killeth a believer by mischance shall be bound to free a believer from slavery; and the blood-money shall be paid to the family of the slain, unless they convert it into alms. But if the slain believer be of a hostile people, then let him confer freedom on a slave who is a believer; and if he be of a people between whom and yourselves there is an alliance, then let the blood-money be paid to his family, and let him set free a slave who is a believer: and let him who hath not the means, fast two consecutive months. This is the penance enjoined by God; and God is Knowing, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is not lawful for a believer to kill a believer, unless it happen by mistake; and whoso killeth a believer by mistake, the penalty shall be the freeing of a believer from slavery, and a fine to be paid to the family of the deceased, unless they remit it as alms: And if the slain person be of a people at enmity with you, and be a true believer, the penalty shall be the freeing of a believer; but if he be of a people in confederacy with you, a fine to be paid to his family, and the freeing of a believer. And he who findeth not wherewith to do this, shall fast two months consecutively, as a penance enjoined from God; and God is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:93

وَمَن يَقْتُلْ مُؤْمِنًا مُّتَعَمِّدًا فَجَزَآؤُهُۥ جَهَنَّمُ خَٰلِدًا فِيهَا وَغَضِبَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَلَعَنَهُۥ وَأَعَدَّ لَهُۥ عَذَابًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman yaqtul mu'minan muta'ammidan fajazaa'uhu jahannamu khaalidan feehaa waghadiba llaahu 'alayhi wala'anahu wa'a'adda lahu 'adhaaban 'azeemaa

DIN 31635waman yaqtul muʾminan mutaʿammidan faǧazāʾuhu ǧahannamu ḫālidan fīhā waġaḍiba llāhu ʿalayhi walaʿanahu waʾaʿadda lahu ʿaḏāban ʿaẓīman

The translators word this verse differently

Whoever kills a believer deliberately, the penalty for him is Hell, where he will remain forever. And God will be angry with him, and will curse him, and will prepare for him a terrible punishment.

Compare translations (4)

Whoso slayeth a believer of set purpose, his reward is hell for ever. Allah is wroth against him and He hath cursed him and prepared for him an awful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And whoso kills a believer purposely, his reward is hell, to dwell therein for aye; and God will be wrath with him, and curse him, and prepare for him a mighty woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But whoever shall kill a believer of set purpose, his recompense shall be hell; for ever shall he abide in it; God shall be wrathful with him, and shall curse him, and shall get ready for him a great torment

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But whoso killeth a believer designedly, his reward shall be hell; he shall remain therein for ever; and God shall be angry with him; and shall curse him, and shall prepare for him a great punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:94

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِذَا ضَرَبْتُمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ فَتَبَيَّنُوا۟ وَلَا تَقُولُوا۟ لِمَنْ أَلْقَىٰٓ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلسَّلَٰمَ لَسْتَ مُؤْمِنًا تَبْتَغُونَ عَرَضَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا فَعِندَ ٱللَّهِ مَغَانِمُ كَثِيرَةٌ كَذَٰلِكَ كُنتُم مِّن قَبْلُ فَمَنَّ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْكُمْ فَتَبَيَّنُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo idhaa darabtum fee sabeeli llaahi fatabayyanoo walaa taqooloo liman alqaa ilaykumu s-salaama lasta mu'minan tabtaghoona 'arada l-hayaati d-dunyaa fa'inda llaahi maghaanimu katheeratun kadhaalika kuntum min qablu famanna llaahu 'alaykum fatabayyanoo inna llaaha kaana bimaa ta'maloona khabeeraa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾiḏā ḍarabtum fī sabīli llāhi fatabayyanū walā taqūlū liman ʾalqā ʾilaykumu s-salāma lasta muʾminan tabtaġūna ʿaraḍa l-ḥayāti d-dunyā faʿinda llāhi maġānimu kaṯīratun kaḏālika kuntum min qablu famanna llāhu ʿalaykum fatabayyanū ʾinna llāha kāna bimā taʿmalūna ḫabīran

The translators word this verse differently

O you who believe! When you journey in the way of God, investigate, and do not say to him who offers you peace, "You are not a believer," aspiring for the goods of this world. With God are abundant riches. You yourselves were like this before, and God bestowed favor on you; so investigate. God is well aware of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! When ye go forth (to fight) in the way of Allah, be careful to discriminate, and say not unto one who offereth you peace: "Thou art not a believer," seeking the chance profits of this life (so that ye may despoil him). With Allah are plenteous spoils. Even thus (as he now is) were ye before; but Allah hath since then been gracious unto you. Therefore take care to discriminate. Allah is ever Informed of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! when ye are knocking about in the way of God be discerning, and do not say to him who offers you a salutation, 'Thou art no believer,' craving after the chances of this world's life, for with God are many spoils! So were ye aforetime, but God was gracious to you, be ye then discerning; verily, God of what ye do is well aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O believers! when ye go forth to the fight for the cause of God, be discerning, and say not to every one who meeteth you with a greeting, "Thou art not a believer" in your greed after the chance good things of this present life! With God are abundant spoils. Such hath been your wont in times past; but god hath been gracious to you. Be discerning, then, for God well knoweth what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, when ye are on a march in defence of the true religion, justly discern such as ye shall happen to meet, and say not unto him who saluteth you, thou art not a true believer; seeking the accidental goods of the present life; for with God is much spoil: Such have ye formerly been; but God hath been gracious unto you; therefore make a just discernment, for God is well acquainted with that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:95

لَّا يَسْتَوِى ٱلْقَٰعِدُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ غَيْرُ أُو۟لِى ٱلضَّرَرِ وَٱلْمُجَٰهِدُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ بِأَمْوَٰلِهِمْ وَأَنفُسِهِمْ فَضَّلَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُجَٰهِدِينَ بِأَمْوَٰلِهِمْ وَأَنفُسِهِمْ عَلَى ٱلْقَٰعِدِينَ دَرَجَةً وَكُلًّا وَعَدَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ وَفَضَّلَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُجَٰهِدِينَ عَلَى ٱلْقَٰعِدِينَ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa yastawee l-qaa'idoona mina l-mu'mineena ghayru oolee d-darari wal-mujaahidoona fee sabeeli llaahi bi'amwaalihim wa'anfusihim faddala llaahu l-mujaahideena bi'amwaalihim wa'anfusihim 'alaa l-qaa'ideena darajatan wakullan wa'ada llaahu l-husnaa wafaddala llaahu l-mujaahideena 'alaa l-qaa'ideena ajran 'azeemaa

DIN 31635lā yastawī l-qāʿidūna mina l-muʾminīna ġayru ʾūlī ḍ-ḍarari wal-muǧāhidūna fī sabīli llāhi biʾamwālihim waʾanfusihim faḍḍala llāhu l-muǧāhidīna biʾamwālihim waʾanfusihim ʿalā l-qāʿidīna daraǧatan wakullan waʿada llāhu l-ḥusnā wafaḍḍala llāhu l-muǧāhidīna ʿalā l-qāʿidīna ʾaǧran ʿaẓīman

The translators word this verse differently

Not equal are the inactive among the believers-except the disabled-and the strivers in the cause of God with their possessions and their persons. God prefers the strivers with their possessions and their persons above the inactive, by a degree. But God has promised goodness to both. Yet God favors the strivers, over the inactive, with a great reward.

Compare translations (4)

Those of the believers who sit still, other than those who have a (disabling) hurt, are not on an equality with those who strive in the way of Allah with their wealth and lives. Allah hath conferred on those who strive with their wealth and lives a rank above the sedentary. Unto each Allah hath promised good, but He hath bestowed on those who strive a great reward above the sedentary

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Not alike are those of the believers who sit at home without harm, and those who are strenuous in God's way with their wealth and their persons. God hath preferred those who are strenuous with their wealth and their persons to those who sit still, by many degrees, and to each hath God promised good, but God hath preferred the strenuous for a mighty hire over those who sit still

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Those believers who sit at home free from trouble, and those who do valiantly in the cause of God with their substance and their persons, shall not be treated alike. God hath assigned to those who contend earnestly with their persons and with their substance, a rank above those who sit at home. Goodly promises hath He made to all. But God hath assigned to the strenuous a rich recompense, above those who sit still at home

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Those believers who sit still at home, not having any hurt, and those who employ their fortunes and their persons for the religion of God, shall not be held equal. God hath preferred those who employ their fortunes and their persons in that cause, to a degree of honour above those who sit at home: God hath indeed promised every one paradise, but God hath preferred those who fight for the faith before those who sit still

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:96

دَرَجَٰتٍ مِّنْهُ وَمَغْفِرَةً وَرَحْمَةً وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)darajaatin minhu wamaghfiratan warahmatan wakaana llaahu ghafooran raheemaa

DIN 31635daraǧātin minhu wamaġfiratan waraḥmatan wakāna llāhu ġafūran raḥīman

Degrees from Him, and forgiveness, and mercy. God is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Degrees of rank from Him, and forgiveness and mercy. Allah is ever Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

degrees from him, and pardon and mercy, for God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Rank of his own bestowal, and forgiveness, and mercy; for God is Indulgent, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

by adding unto them a great reward, by degrees of honour conferred on them from him, and by granting them forgiveness, and mercy; for God is indulgent and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:97

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ تَوَفَّىٰهُمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ ظَالِمِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ قَالُوا۟ فِيمَ كُنتُمْ قَالُوا۟ كُنَّا مُسْتَضْعَفِينَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ قَالُوٓا۟ أَلَمْ تَكُنْ أَرْضُ ٱللَّهِ وَٰسِعَةً فَتُهَاجِرُوا۟ فِيهَا فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَأْوَىٰهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ وَسَآءَتْ مَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena tawaffaahumu l-malaa'ikatu zaalimee anfusihim qaaloo feema kuntum qaaloo kunnaa mustad'afeena fee l-'ardi qaaloo alam takun ardu llaahi waasi'atan fatuhaajiroo feehaa fa'oolaa'ika ma'waahum jahannamu wasaa'at maseeraa

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna tawaffāhumu l-malāʾikatu ẓālimī ʾanfusihim qālū fīma kuntum qālū kunnā mustaḍʿafīna fī l-ʾarḍi qālū ʾalam takun ʾarḍu llāhi wāsiʿatan fatuhāǧirū fīhā faʾūlāʾika maʾwāhum ǧahannamu wasāʾat maṣīran

The translators word this verse differently

While the angels are removing the souls of those who have wronged themselves, they will say, "What was the matter with you?" They will say, "We were oppressed in the land." They will say, "Was God's earth not vast enough for you to emigrate in it?" These-their refuge is Hell. What a wretched retreat!

Compare translations (4)

Lo! as for those whom the angels take (in death) while they wrong themselves, (the angels) will ask: In what were ye engaged? They will say: We were oppressed in the land. (The angels) will say: Was not Allah's earth spacious that ye could have migrated therein? As for such, their habitation will be hell, an evil journey's end

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, the angels when they took the souls of those who had wronged themselves, said, 'What state were ye in?' they say, 'We were but weak in the earth;' they said, 'Was not God's earth wide enough for you to flee away therein?' These are those whose resort is hell, and a bad journey shall it be

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The angels, when they took the souls of those who had been unjust to their own weal, demanded, "What hath been your state?" They said, "We were the weak ones of the earth." They replied, "Was not God's earth broad enough for you to flee away in?" These! their home shall be Hell, and evil the passage to it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover unto those whom the angels put to death, having injured their own souls, the angels said, of what religion were ye? They answered, we were weak in the earth. The angels replied, was not God's earth wide enough, that ye might fly therein to a place of refuge? Therefore their habitation shall be hell; and an evil journey shall it be thither

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:98

إِلَّا ٱلْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ مِنَ ٱلرِّجَالِ وَٱلنِّسَآءِ وَٱلْوِلْدَٰنِ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ حِيلَةً وَلَا يَهْتَدُونَ سَبِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)illaa l-mustad'afeena mina r-rijaali wan-nisaa'i wal-wildaani laa yastatee'oona heelatan walaa yahtadoona sabeelaa

DIN 31635ʾillā l-mustaḍʿafīna mina r-riǧāli wan-nisāʾi wal-wildāni lā yastaṭīʿūna ḥīlatan walā yahtadūna sabīlan

Except for the weak among men, and women, and children who have no means to act, and no means to find a way out.

Compare translations (4)

Except the feeble among men, and the women, and the children, who are unable to devise a plan and are not shown a way

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Save for the weak men, and women, and children, who could not compass any stratagem, and were not guided to a way

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Except the men and women and children who were not able, through their weakness, to find the means of escape, and were not guided on their way

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Except the weak among men, and women, and children, who were not able to find means, and were not directed in the way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:99

فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ عَسَى ٱللَّهُ أَن يَعْفُوَ عَنْهُمْ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَفُوًّا غَفُورًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'oolaa'ika 'asaa llaahu an ya'fuwa 'anhum wakaana llaahu 'afuwwan ghafooraa

DIN 31635faʾūlāʾika ʿasā llāhu ʾan yaʿfuwa ʿanhum wakāna llāhu ʿafuwwan ġafūran

The translators word this verse differently

These-God may well pardon them. God is Pardoning and Forgiving.

Compare translations (4)

As for such, it may be that Allah will pardon them. Allah is ever Clement, Forgiving

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

these it may be God will pardon, for God both pardons and forgives

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These haply God will forgive: for God is Forgiving, Gracious

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

these peradventure God will pardon, for God is ready to forgive and gracious

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:100

وَمَن يُهَاجِرْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ يَجِدْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُرَٰغَمًا كَثِيرًا وَسَعَةً وَمَن يَخْرُجْ مِنۢ بَيْتِهِۦ مُهَاجِرًا إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ ثُمَّ يُدْرِكْهُ ٱلْمَوْتُ فَقَدْ وَقَعَ أَجْرُهُۥ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman yuhaajir fee sabeeli llaahi yajid fee l-'ardi muraaghaman katheeran wasa'atan waman yakhruj min baytihi muhaajiran ilaa llaahi warasoolihi thumma yudrikhu l-mawtu faqad waqa'a ajruhu 'alaa llaahi wakaana llaahu ghafooran raheemaa

DIN 31635waman yuhāǧir fī sabīli llāhi yaǧid fī l-ʾarḍi murāġaman kaṯīran wasaʿatan waman yaḫruǧ min baytihi muhāǧiran ʾilā llāhi warasūlihi ṯumma yudrikhu l-mawtu faqad waqaʿa ʾaǧruhu ʿalā llāhi wakāna llāhu ġafūran raḥīman

The translators word this verse differently

Anyone who emigrates for the sake of God will find on earth many places of refuge, and plentitude. Anyone who leaves his home, emigrating to God and His Messenger, and then is overtaken by death, his compensation falls on God. God is Forgiver, Most Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Whoso migrateth for the cause of Allah will find much refuge and abundance in the earth, and whoso forsaketh his home, a fugitive unto Allah and His messenger, and death overtaketh him, his reward is then incumbent on Allah. Allah is ever Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whosoever flees in the way of God shall find in the earth many a spacious refuge; and he who goes forth from his house, fleeing unto God and His prophet, and then death catches him up,- his hire devolves on God, and God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whoever flieth his country for the cause of God, will find in the earth many under like compulsion, and abundant resources; and if any one shall quit his home and fly to God and his apostle, and then death overtake him, - his reward from God is sure: for God is Gracious, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whosoever flieth from his country for the sake of God's true religion, shall find in the earth many forced to do the same, and plenty of provisions. And whoever departeth from his house, and flieth unto God and his apostle, if death overtake him in the way, God will be obliged to reward him, for God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:101

وَإِذَا ضَرَبْتُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَلَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَن تَقْصُرُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ إِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَن يَفْتِنَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ كَانُوا۟ لَكُمْ عَدُوًّا مُّبِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa darabtum fee l-'ardi falaysa 'alaykum junaahun an taqsuroo mina s-salaati in khiftum an yaftinakumu lladheena kafaroo inna l-kaafireena kaanoo lakum 'aduwwan mubeenaa

DIN 31635waʾiḏā ḍarabtum fī l-ʾarḍi falaysa ʿalaykum ǧunāḥun ʾan taqṣurū mina ṣ-ṣalāti ʾin ḫiftum ʾan yaftinakumu llaḏīna kafarū ʾinna l-kāfirīna kānū lakum ʿaduwwan mubīnan

The translators word this verse differently

When you travel in the land, there is no blame on you for shortening the prayers, if you fear that the disbelievers may harm you. The disbelievers are your manifest enemies.

Compare translations (4)

And when ye go forth in the land, it is no sin for you to curtail (your) worship if ye fear that those who disbelieve may attack you. In truth the disbelievers are an open enemy to you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when ye knock about in the earth, it is no crime to you that ye come short in prayer, if ye fear that those who disbelieve will set upon you; verily, the misbelievers are your obvious foes

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when ye go forth to war in the land, it shall be no crime in you to cut short your prayers, if ye fear lest the infidels come upon you; Verily, the infidels are your undoubted enemies

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When ye march to war in the earth, it shall be no crime in you if ye shorten your prayers, in case ye fear the infidels may attack you; for the infidels are your open enemy

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:102

وَإِذَا كُنتَ فِيهِمْ فَأَقَمْتَ لَهُمُ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ فَلْتَقُمْ طَآئِفَةٌ مِّنْهُم مَّعَكَ وَلْيَأْخُذُوٓا۟ أَسْلِحَتَهُمْ فَإِذَا سَجَدُوا۟ فَلْيَكُونُوا۟ مِن وَرَآئِكُمْ وَلْتَأْتِ طَآئِفَةٌ أُخْرَىٰ لَمْ يُصَلُّوا۟ فَلْيُصَلُّوا۟ مَعَكَ وَلْيَأْخُذُوا۟ حِذْرَهُمْ وَأَسْلِحَتَهُمْ وَدَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَوْ تَغْفُلُونَ عَنْ أَسْلِحَتِكُمْ وَأَمْتِعَتِكُمْ فَيَمِيلُونَ عَلَيْكُم مَّيْلَةً وَٰحِدَةً وَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِن كَانَ بِكُمْ أَذًى مِّن مَّطَرٍ أَوْ كُنتُم مَّرْضَىٰٓ أَن تَضَعُوٓا۟ أَسْلِحَتَكُمْ وَخُذُوا۟ حِذْرَكُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ أَعَدَّ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَذَابًا مُّهِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa kunta feehim fa'aqamta lahumu s-salaata faltaqum taa'ifatun minhum ma'aka walya'khudhoo aslihatahum fa'idhaa sajadoo falyakoonoo min waraa'ikum walta'ti taa'ifatun ukhraa lam yusalloo falyusalloo ma'aka walya'khudhoo hidhrahum wa'aslihatahum wadda lladheena kafaroo law taghfuloona 'an aslihatikum wa'amti'atikum fayameeloona 'alaykum maylatan waahidatan walaa junaaha 'alaykum in kaana bikum adhan min matarin aw kuntum mardaa an tada'oo aslihatakum wakhudhoo hidhrakum inna llaaha a'adda lilkaafireena 'adhaaban muheenaa

DIN 31635waʾiḏā kunta fīhim faʾaqamta lahumu ṣ-ṣalāta faltaqum ṭāʾifatun minhum maʿaka walyaʾḫuḏū ʾasliḥatahum faʾiḏā saǧadū falyakūnū min warāʾikum waltaʾti ṭāʾifatun ʾuḫrā lam yuṣallū falyuṣallū maʿaka walyaʾḫuḏū ḥiḏrahum waʾasliḥatahum wadda llaḏīna kafarū law taġfulūna ʿan ʾasliḥatikum waʾamtiʿatikum fayamīlūna ʿalaykum maylatan wāḥidatan walā ǧunāḥa ʿalaykum ʾin kāna bikum ʾaḏan min maṭarin ʾaw kuntum marḍā ʾan taḍaʿū ʾasliḥatakum waḫuḏū ḥiḏrakum ʾinna llāha ʾaʿadda lilkāfirīna ʿaḏāban muhīnan

When you are among them, and you stand to lead them in prayer, let a group of them stand with you, and let them hold their weapons. Then, when they have done their prostrations, let them withdraw to the rear, and let another group, that have not prayed yet, come forward and pray with you; and let them take their precautions and their weapons. Those who disbelieve would like you to neglect your weapons and your equipment, so they can attack you in a single assault. You commit no error, if you are hampered by rain or are sick, by putting down your weapons; but take precautions. Indeed, God has prepared for the disbelievers a demeaning punishment.

Compare translations (4)

And when thou (O Muhammad) art among them and arrangest (their) worship for them, let only a party of them stand with thee (to worship) and let them take their arms. Then when they have performed their prostrations let them fall to the rear and let another party come that hath not worshipped and let them worship with thee, and let them take their precaution and their arms. Those who disbelieve long for you to neglect your arms and your baggage that they may attack you once for all. It is no sin for you to lay aside your arms, if rain impedeth you or ye are sick. But take your precaution. Lo! Allah prepareth for the disbelievers shameful punishment

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When thou art amongst them, and standest up to pray with them, then let a party of them stand up with thee, and let them take their arms; and when they adore, let them go behind you, and let another party who have not yet prayed come forward and pray with thee; and let them take their precautions and their arms. Fain would those who misbelieve that ye were careless of your arms and your baggage, that they might turn upon you with a single turning. And it is no crime to you if ye be annoyed with rain or be sick, that ye lay down your arms; but take your precautions,- verily, God has prepared for those who misbelieve a shameful woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when thou, O apostle! shalt be among them, and shalt pray with them, then let a party of them rise up with thee, but let them take their arms; and when they shall have made their prostrations, let them retire to your rear: then let another party that hath not prayed come forward, and let them pray with you; but let them take their precautions and their arms. Pleased would the infidels be for you to neglect your arms and your baggage, that they might turn upon you at once! And it shall be no crime in you to lay down your arms if rain annoy you, or if ye be sick. But take your precautions. Verily, God hath made ready a shameful torment for the infidels

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But when thou, O prophet, shalt be among them, and shalt pray with them, let a party of them arise to prayer with thee, and let them take their arms; and when they shall have worshipped, let them stand behind you, and let another party come that hath not prayed, and let them pray with thee, and let them be cautious and take their arms. The unbelievers would that ye should neglect your arms and your baggage while ye pray, that they might turn upon you at once. It shall be no crime in you, if ye be incommoded by rain, or be sick, that ye lay down your arms; but take your necessary precaution: God hath prepared for the unbelievers an ignominious punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:103

فَإِذَا قَضَيْتُمُ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ فَٱذْكُرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ قِيَٰمًا وَقُعُودًا وَعَلَىٰ جُنُوبِكُمْ فَإِذَا ٱطْمَأْنَنتُمْ فَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ إِنَّ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ كَانَتْ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ كِتَٰبًا مَّوْقُوتًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'idhaa qadaytumu s-salaata fadhkuroo llaaha qiyaaman waqu'oodan wa'alaa junoobikum fa'idhaa tma'nantum fa'aqeemoo s-salaata inna s-salaata kaanat 'alaa l-mu'mineena kitaaban mawqootaa

DIN 31635faʾiḏā qaḍaytumu ṣ-ṣalāta faḏkurū llāha qiyāman waquʿūdan waʿalā ǧunūbikum faʾiḏā ṭmaʾnantum faʾaqīmū ṣ-ṣalāta ʾinna ṣ-ṣalāta kānat ʿalā l-muʾminīna kitāban mawqūtan

The translators word this verse differently

When you have completed the prayer, remember God, standing, or sitting, or on your sides. And when you feel secure, perform the prayer. The prayer is obligatory for believers at specific times.

Compare translations (4)

When ye have performed the act of worship, remember Allah, standing, sitting and reclining. And when ye are in safety, observe proper worship. Worship at fixed times hath been enjoined on the believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But when ye have fulfilled your prayer, remember God standing and sitting and lying on your sides; and when ye are in safety then be steadfast in prayer; verily, prayer is for the believers prescribed and timed

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when ye shall have ended the prayer, make mention of God, standing, and sitting, and reclining: and as soon as ye are secure, observe prayer; for to the faithful, prayer is a prescribed duty, and for stated hours

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when ye shall have ended your prayer, remember God, standing, and sitting, and lying on your sides. But when ye are secure from danger, complete your prayer; for prayer is commanded the faithful, and appointed to be said at the stated times

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:104

وَلَا تَهِنُوا۟ فِى ٱبْتِغَآءِ ٱلْقَوْمِ إِن تَكُونُوا۟ تَأْلَمُونَ فَإِنَّهُمْ يَأْلَمُونَ كَمَا تَأْلَمُونَ وَتَرْجُونَ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَرْجُونَ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tahinoo fee btighaa'i l-qawmi in takoonoo ta'lamoona fa'innahum ya'lamoona kamaa ta'lamoona watarjoona mina llaahi maa laa yarjoona wakaana llaahu 'aleeman hakeemaa

DIN 31635walā tahinū fī btiġāʾi l-qawmi ʾin takūnū taʾlamūna faʾinnahum yaʾlamūna kamā taʾlamūna watarǧūna mina llāhi mā lā yarǧūna wakāna llāhu ʿalīman ḥakīman

And do not falter in the pursuit of the enemy. If you are aching, they are aching as you are aching, but you expect from God what they cannot expect. God is Knowledgeable and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Relent not in pursuit of the enemy. If ye are suffering, lo! they suffer even as ye suffer and ye hope from Allah that for which they cannot hope. Allah is ever Knower, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And do not give way in pursuit of the people; if ye suffer they shall surely suffer too, even as ye suffer; and ye hope from God, but they hope not! and God is knowing, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Slacken not in pursuit of the foe. If ye suffer, assuredly they suffer also as ye suffer; but ye hope from God for what they cannot hope! And God is Knowing, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Be not negligent in seeking out the unbelieving people, though ye suffer some inconvenience; for they also shall suffer, as ye suffer, and ye hope for a reward from God which they cannot hope for; and God is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:105

إِنَّآ أَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ لِتَحْكُمَ بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ بِمَآ أَرَىٰكَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا تَكُن لِّلْخَآئِنِينَ خَصِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)innaa anzalnaa ilayka l-kitaaba bil-haqqi litahkuma bayna n-naasi bimaa araaka llaahu walaa takun lilkhaa'ineena khaseemaa

DIN 31635ʾinnā ʾanzalnā ʾilayka l-kitāba bil-ḥaqqi litaḥkuma bayna n-nāsi bimā ʾarāka llāhu walā takun lilḫāʾinīna ḫaṣīman

The translators word this verse differently

We have revealed to you the Scripture, with the truth, so that you judge between people in accordance with what God has shown you. And do not be an advocate for the traitors.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! We reveal unto thee the Scripture with the truth, that thou mayst judge between mankind by that which Allah showeth thee. And be not thou a pleader for the treacherous

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, we have revealed to thee the Book in truth that thou mayest judge between men of what God has shown thee; so be not with the treacherous a disputant

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, we have sent down the Book to thee with the truth, thou that mayest judge between men according as God hath given thee insight: But with the deceitful ones dispute not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We have sent down unto thee the book of the Koran with truth; that thou mayest judge between men through that wisdom which God sheweth thee therein; and be not an advocate for the fraudulent

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:106

وَٱسْتَغْفِرِ ٱللَّهَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wastaghfiri llaaha inna llaaha kaana ghafooran raheemaa

DIN 31635wastaġfiri llāha ʾinna llāha kāna ġafūran raḥīman

The translators word this verse differently

And ask God for forgiveness. God is Forgiver and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

And seek forgiveness of Allah. Lo! Allah is ever Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

but ask God's pardon: verily, God is forgiving, merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

and implore pardon of God. Verily, God is Forgiving, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

but ask pardon of God for thy wrong intention, since God is indulgent and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:107

وَلَا تُجَٰدِلْ عَنِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخْتَانُونَ أَنفُسَهُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ مَن كَانَ خَوَّانًا أَثِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tujaadil 'ani lladheena yakhtaanoona anfusahum inna llaaha laa yuhibbu man kaana khawwaanan atheemaa

DIN 31635walā tuǧādil ʿani llaḏīna yaḫtānūna ʾanfusahum ʾinna llāha lā yuḥibbu man kāna ḫawwānan ʾaṯīman

The translators word this verse differently

And do not argue on behalf of those who deceive themselves. God does not love the deceitful sinner.

Compare translations (4)

And plead not on behalf of (people) who deceive themselves. Lo! Allah loveth not one who is treacherous and sinful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And wrangle not for those who defraud themselves; for God loves not him who is a fraudulent sinner

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And plead not with us for those who are self-deceivers; for God loveth not him who is deceitful, criminal

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Dispute not for those who deceive one another, for God loveth not him who is a deceiver or unjust

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:108

يَسْتَخْفُونَ مِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَلَا يَسْتَخْفُونَ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ وَهُوَ مَعَهُمْ إِذْ يُبَيِّتُونَ مَا لَا يَرْضَىٰ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْلِ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ مُحِيطًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yastakhfoona mina n-naasi walaa yastakhfoona mina llaahi wahuwa ma'ahum idh yubayyitoona maa laa yardaa mina l-qawli wakaana llaahu bimaa ya'maloona muheetaa

DIN 31635yastaḫfūna mina n-nāsi walā yastaḫfūna mina llāhi wahuwa maʿahum ʾiḏ yubayyitūna mā lā yarḍā mina l-qawli wakāna llāhu bimā yaʿmalūna muḥīṭan

They hide from the people, but they cannot hide from God. He is with them, as they plot by night with words He does not approve. God comprehends what they do.

Compare translations (4)

They seek to hide from men and seek not to hide from Allah. He is with them when by night they hold discourse displeasing unto Him. Allah ever surroundeth what they do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They hide themselves from men; but they cannot hide themselves from God, for He is with them while they brood at night over speeches that please Him not;- but God doth compass what they do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

From men they hide themselves; but they cannot hide themselves from God: and when they hold nightly discourses which please Him not, He is with them. God is round about their doings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Such conceal themselves from men, but they conceal not themselves from God; for He is with them when they imagine by night a saying which pleaseth Him not, and God comprehendeth what they do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:109

هَٰٓأَنتُمْ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ جَٰدَلْتُمْ عَنْهُمْ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا فَمَن يُجَٰدِلُ ٱللَّهَ عَنْهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ أَم مَّن يَكُونُ عَلَيْهِمْ وَكِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)haa antum haa'ulaa'i jaadaltum 'anhum fee l-hayaati d-dunyaa faman yujaadilu llaaha 'anhum yawma l-qiyaamati am man yakoonu 'alayhim wakeelaa

DIN 31635hā ʾantum hāʾulāʾi ǧādaltum ʿanhum fī l-ḥayāti d-dunyā faman yuǧādilu llāha ʿanhum yawma l-qiyāmati ʾam man yakūnu ʿalayhim wakīlan

There you are, arguing on their behalf in the present life, but who will argue with God on their behalf on the Day of Resurrection? Or who will be their representative?

Compare translations (4)

Ho! ye are they who pleaded for them in the life of the world. But who will plead with Allah for them on the Day of Resurrection, or who will then be their defender

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Here are ye, wrangling for them about this world's life;- but who shall wrangle with God for them on the day of judgment, or who shall be a guardian over them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Oh! ye are they who plead in their favour in this present life; but who shall plead with God for them on the day of the resurrection? Who will be the guardian over them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Behold, ye are they who have disputed for them in this present life; but who shall dispute with God for them on the day of resurrection, or who will become their patron

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:110

وَمَن يَعْمَلْ سُوٓءًا أَوْ يَظْلِمْ نَفْسَهُۥ ثُمَّ يَسْتَغْفِرِ ٱللَّهَ يَجِدِ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman ya'mal soo'an aw yazlim nafsahu thumma yastaghfiri llaaha yajidi llaaha ghafooran raheemaa

DIN 31635waman yaʿmal sūʾan ʾaw yaẓlim nafsahu ṯumma yastaġfiri llāha yaǧidi llāha ġafūran raḥīman

Whoever commits evil, or wrongs his soul, then implores God for forgiveness, will find God Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Yet whoso doeth evil or wrongeth his own soul, then seeketh pardon of Allah, will find Allah Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Yet whoso does evil and wrongs himself, and then asks pardon of God, shall find God forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Yet he who doth evil, or shall have acted against his own weal, and then shall ask pardon of God, will find God Forgiving, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Yet he who doth evil, or injureth his own soul, and afterwards asketh pardon of God, shall find God gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:111

وَمَن يَكْسِبْ إِثْمًا فَإِنَّمَا يَكْسِبُهُۥ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِۦ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman yaksib ithman fa'innamaa yaksibuhu 'alaa nafsihi wakaana llaahu 'aleeman hakeemaa

DIN 31635waman yaksib ʾiṯman faʾinnamā yaksibuhu ʿalā nafsihi wakāna llāhu ʿalīman ḥakīman

And Whoever earns a sin, earns it against himself. God is Aware and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Whoso committeth sin committeth it only against himself. Allah is ever Knower, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and whoso commits a crime, he only commits it against himself, for God is knowing, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whoever committeth a crime, committeth it to his own hurt. And God is Knowing, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whoso committeth wickedness, committeth it against his own soul: God is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:112

وَمَن يَكْسِبْ خَطِيٓـَٔةً أَوْ إِثْمًا ثُمَّ يَرْمِ بِهِۦ بَرِيٓـًٔا فَقَدِ ٱحْتَمَلَ بُهْتَٰنًا وَإِثْمًا مُّبِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman yaksib khatee'atan aw ithman thumma yarmi bihi baree'an faqadi htamala buhtaanan wa'ithman mubeenaa

DIN 31635waman yaksib ḫaṭīʾatan ʾaw ʾiṯman ṯumma yarmi bihi barīʾan faqadi ḥtamala buhtānan waʾiṯman mubīnan

The translators word this verse differently

And whoever commits a mistake, or a sin, and then blames it on an innocent person, has taken a slander and a clear sin.

Compare translations (4)

And whoso committeth a delinquency or crime, then throweth (the blame) thereof upon the innocent, hath burdened himself with falsehood and a flagrant crime

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And whoso commits a fault or a sin and throws it on the innocent, he hath to bear a calumny and a manifest sin

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whoever committeth an involuntary fault or a crime, and then layeth it on the innocent, shall surely bear the guilt of calumny and of a manifest crime

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And whoso committeth a sin or iniquity, and afterwards layeth it on the innocent, he shall surely bear the guilt of calumny and manifest injustice

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:113

وَلَوْلَا فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكَ وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ لَهَمَّت طَّآئِفَةٌ مِّنْهُمْ أَن يُضِلُّوكَ وَمَا يُضِلُّونَ إِلَّآ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَمَا يَضُرُّونَكَ مِن شَىْءٍ وَأَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَعَلَّمَكَ مَا لَمْ تَكُن تَعْلَمُ وَكَانَ فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكَ عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walawlaa fadlu llaahi 'alayka warahmatuhu lahammat taa'ifatun minhum an yudillooka wamaa yudilloona illaa anfusahum wamaa yadurroonaka min shay'in wa'anzala llaahu 'alayka l-kitaaba wal-hikmata wa'allamaka maa lam takun ta'lamu wakaana fadlu llaahi 'alayka 'azeemaa

DIN 31635walawlā faḍlu llāhi ʿalayka waraḥmatuhu lahammat ṭāʾifatun minhum ʾan yuḍillūka wamā yuḍillūna ʾillā ʾanfusahum wamā yaḍurrūnaka min šayʾin waʾanzala llāhu ʿalayka l-kitāba wal-ḥikmata waʿallamaka mā lam takun taʿlamu wakāna faḍlu llāhi ʿalayka ʿaẓīman

Were it not for God's grace towards you, and His mercy, a faction of them would have managed to mislead you. But they only mislead themselves, and they cannot harm you in any way. God has revealed to you the Scripture and wisdom, and has taught you what you did not know. God's goodness towards you is great.

Compare translations (4)

But for the grace of Allah upon thee (Muhammad), and His mercy, a party of them had resolved to mislead thee, but they will mislead only themselves and they will hurt thee not at all. Allah revealeth unto thee the Scripture and wisdom, and teacheth thee that which thou knewest not. The grace of Allah toward thee hath been infinite

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Were it not for God's grace upon thee, and His mercy, a party of them would have tried to lead thee astray; but they only lead themselves astray; they shall not hurt you in aught: for God hath sent down upon thee the Book and the wisdom, and taught thee what thou didst not know, for God's grace was mighty on thee

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But for the grace and mercy of God upon thee, a party among them had resolved to mislead thee, but they shall only mislead themselves; nor in aught shall they harm thee. God hath caused the Book and the wisdom to descend upon thee: and what thou knowest not He hath caused thee to know: and the grace of God toward thee hath been great

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If the indulgence and mercy of God had not been upon thee, surely a part of them had studied to seduce thee; but they shall seduce themselves only, and shall not hurt thee at all. God hath sent down unto thee the book of the Koran and wisdom, and hath taught thee that which thou knewest not; for the favour of God hath been great towards thee

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:114

لَّا خَيْرَ فِى كَثِيرٍ مِّن نَّجْوَىٰهُمْ إِلَّا مَنْ أَمَرَ بِصَدَقَةٍ أَوْ مَعْرُوفٍ أَوْ إِصْلَٰحٍۭ بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَمَن يَفْعَلْ ذَٰلِكَ ٱبْتِغَآءَ مَرْضَاتِ ٱللَّهِ فَسَوْفَ نُؤْتِيهِ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa khayra fee katheerin min najwaahum illaa man amara bisadaqatin aw ma'roofin aw islaahin bayna n-naasi waman yaf'al dhaalika btighaa'a mardaati llaahi fasawfa nu'teehi ajran 'azeemaa

DIN 31635lā ḫayra fī kaṯīrin min naǧwāhum ʾillā man ʾamara biṣadaqatin ʾaw maʿrūfin ʾaw ʾiṣlāḥin bayna n-nāsi waman yafʿal ḏālika btiġāʾa marḍāti llāhi fasawfa nuʾtīhi ʾaǧran ʿaẓīman

The translators word this verse differently

There is no good in much of their private counsels, except for him who advocates charity, or kindness, or reconciliation between people. Whoever does that, seeking God's approval, We will give him a great compensation.

Compare translations (4)

There is no good in much of their secret conferences save (in) him who enjoineth almsgiving and kindness and peace-making among the people. Whoso doeth that, seeking the good pleasure of Allah, We shall bestow on him a vast reward

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

There is no good in most of what they talk in private; save in his who bids almsgiving, or kindness, or reconciliation between men; and whoso does this, craving the good pleasure of God, we will give to him a mighty hire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

In most of their secret talk is nothing good; but only in his who enjoineth almsgiving, or that which is right, or concord among men. Whoso doth this, out of desire to please God, we will give him at the last a great reward

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is no good in the multitude of their private discourses, unless in the discourse of him who recommendeth alms, or that which is right, or agreement amongst men: Whoever doth this out of a desire to please God, We will surely give him a great reward

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:115

وَمَن يُشَاقِقِ ٱلرَّسُولَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُ ٱلْهُدَىٰ وَيَتَّبِعْ غَيْرَ سَبِيلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ نُوَلِّهِۦ مَا تَوَلَّىٰ وَنُصْلِهِۦ جَهَنَّمَ وَسَآءَتْ مَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman yushaaqiqi r-rasoola min ba'di maa tabayyana lahu l-hudaa wayattabi' ghayra sabeeli l-mu'mineena nuwallihi maa tawallaa wanuslihi jahannama wasaa'at maseeraa

DIN 31635waman yušāqiqi r-rasūla min baʿdi mā tabayyana lahu l-hudā wayattabiʿ ġayra sabīli l-muʾminīna nuwallihi mā tawallā wanuṣlihi ǧahannama wasāʾat maṣīran

The translators word this verse differently

Whoever makes a breach with the Messenger, after the guidance has become clear to him, and follows other than the path of the believers, We will direct him in the direction he has chosen, and commit him to Hell-what a terrible destination!

Compare translations (4)

And whoso opposeth the messenger after the guidance (of Allah) hath been manifested unto him, and followeth other than the believer's way, We appoint for him that unto which he himself hath turned, and expose him unto hell - a hapless journey's end

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But he who severs himself from the prophet after that we have made manifest to him the guidance, and follows other than the way of the believers, we will turn our backs on him as he hath turned his back; and we will make him reach hell, and a bad journey shall it be

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But whoso shall sever himself from the prophet after that "the guidance" hath been manifested to him, and shall follow any other path than that of the faithful, we will turn our back on him as he hath turned his back on us, and we will cast him into Hell; - an evil journey thither

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But whoso separateth himself from the apostle, after true direction hath been manifested unto him, and followeth any other way, than that of the true believers, we will cause him to obtain that to which he is inclined, and will cast him to be burned in hell; and an unhappy journey shall it be thither

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:116

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَغْفِرُ أَن يُشْرَكَ بِهِۦ وَيَغْفِرُ مَا دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَمَن يُشْرِكْ بِٱللَّهِ فَقَدْ ضَلَّ ضَلَٰلًۢا بَعِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna llaaha laa yaghfiru an yushraka bihi wayaghfiru maa doona dhaalika liman yashaa'u waman yushrik billaahi faqad dalla dalaalan ba'eedaa

DIN 31635ʾinna llāha lā yaġfiru ʾan yušraka bihi wayaġfiru mā dūna ḏālika liman yašāʾu waman yušrik billāhi faqad ḍalla ḍalālan baʿīdan

The translators word this verse differently

God will not forgive that partners be associated with Him; but will forgive anything less than that, to whomever He wills. Anyone who ascribes partners to God has strayed into far error.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Allah pardoneth not that partners should be ascribed unto Him. He pardoneth all save that to whom He will. Whoso ascribeth partners unto Allah hath wandered far astray

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, God forgives not associating aught with Him, but He pardons anything short of that, to whomsoever He will; but whoso associates aught with God, he hath erred a wide error

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God truly will not forgive the joining other gods with Himself. Other sins He will forgive to whom He will: but he who joineth gods with God, hath erred with far-gone error

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily God will not pardon the giving Him a companion, but He will pardon any crime besides that, unto whom He pleaseth: And he who giveth a companion unto God, is surely led aside into a wide mistake

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:117

إِن يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ إِنَٰثًا وَإِن يَدْعُونَ إِلَّا شَيْطَٰنًا مَّرِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)in yad'oona min doonihi illaa inaathan wa'in yad'oona illaa shaytaanan mareedaa

DIN 31635ʾin yadʿūna min dūnihi ʾillā ʾināṯan waʾin yadʿūna ʾillā šayṭānan marīdan

The translators word this verse differently

They invoke in His stead only females. In fact, they invoke none but a rebellious devil.

Compare translations (4)

They invoke in His stead only females; they pray to none else than Satan, a rebel

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, they call not beside Him on aught save females; and they do not call on aught save a rebellious devil

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They call, beside Him, upon mere goddesses! they invoke a rebel Satan

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The infidels invoke beside Him only female deities; and only invoke rebellious Satan

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:118

لَّعَنَهُ ٱللَّهُ وَقَالَ لَأَتَّخِذَنَّ مِنْ عِبَادِكَ نَصِيبًا مَّفْرُوضًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)la'anahu llaahu waqaala la'attakhidhanna min 'ibaadika naseeban mafroodaa

DIN 31635laʿanahu llāhu waqāla laʾattaḫiḏanna min ʿibādika naṣīban mafrūḍan

The translators word this verse differently

God has cursed him. And he said, "I will take to myself my due share of Your servants."

Compare translations (4)

Whom Allah cursed, and he said: Surely I will take of Thy bondmen an appointed portion

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God curse him! for he said, 'I will take from thy servants a portion due to me

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

On them is the malison of God. For he said, "A portion of thy servants will I surely take

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God cursed him; and he said, verily I will take of thy servants a part cut off from the rest

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:119

وَلَأُضِلَّنَّهُمْ وَلَأُمَنِّيَنَّهُمْ وَلَـَٔامُرَنَّهُمْ فَلَيُبَتِّكُنَّ ءَاذَانَ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ وَلَـَٔامُرَنَّهُمْ فَلَيُغَيِّرُنَّ خَلْقَ ٱللَّهِ وَمَن يَتَّخِذِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنَ وَلِيًّا مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ فَقَدْ خَسِرَ خُسْرَانًا مُّبِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wala'udillannahum wala'umanniyannahum wala'aamurannahum falayubattikunna aadhaana l-'an'aami wala'aamurannahum falayughayyirunna khalqa llaahi waman yattakhidhi sh-shaytaana waliyyan min dooni llaahi faqad khasira khusraanan mubeenaa

DIN 31635walaʾuḍillannahum walaʾumanniyannahum walaʾāmurannahum falayubattikunna ʾāḏāna l-ʾanʿāmi walaʾāmurannahum falayuġayyirunna ḫalqa llāhi waman yattaḫiḏi š-šayṭāna waliyyan min dūni llāhi faqad ḫasira ḫusrānan mubīnan

The translators word this verse differently

"And I will mislead them, and I will entice them, and I will prompt them to slit the ears of cattle, and I will prompt them to alter the creation of God." Whoever takes Satan as a lord, instead of God, has surely suffered a profound loss.

Compare translations (4)

And surely I will lead them astray, and surely I will arouse desires in them, and surely I will command them and they will cut the cattle' ears, and surely I will command them and they will change Allah's creation. Whoso chooseth Satan for a patron instead of Allah is verily a loser and his loss is manifest

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and I will lead them astray; and I will stir up vain desires within them; and I will order them and they shall surely crop the ears of cattle; and I will order them and they shall surely alter God's creation;' but he who takes the devil for his patron instead of God, he loses with a manifest loss

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

and will lead them astray, and will stir desires within them, and will command them and they shall cut the ears of animals; and I will command them, and they shall alter the creation of God." He who taketh Satan rather than God for his patron, is ruined with palpable ruin

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and I will seduce them, and will insinuate vain desires into them, and I will command them and they shall cut off the ears of cattle; and I will command them and they shall change God's creature. But whoever taketh Satan for his patron, besides God, shall surely perish with a manifest destruction

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:120

يَعِدُهُمْ وَيُمَنِّيهِمْ وَمَا يَعِدُهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ إِلَّا غُرُورًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)ya'iduhum wayumanneehim wamaa ya'iduhumu sh-shaytaanu illaa ghurooraa

DIN 31635yaʿiduhum wayumannīhim wamā yaʿiduhumu š-šayṭānu ʾillā ġurūran

The translators word this verse differently

He promises them, and he raises their expectations, but Satan promises them nothing but delusions.

Compare translations (4)

He promiseth them and stirreth up desires in them, and Satan promiseth them only to beguile

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He promises them, and stirs up vain desires within them; but the devil promises only to deceive

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He hath made them promises, and he hath stirred desires within them; but Satan promiseth, only to beguile

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He maketh them promises, and insinuateth into them vain desires; yet Satan maketh them only deceitful promises

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:121

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَأْوَىٰهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ وَلَا يَجِدُونَ عَنْهَا مَحِيصًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika ma'waahum jahannamu walaa yajidoona 'anhaa maheesaa

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika maʾwāhum ǧahannamu walā yaǧidūna ʿanhā maḥīṣan

These-their place is Hell, and they will find no escape from it.

Compare translations (4)

For such, their habitation will be hell, and they will find no refuge therefrom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These, their resort is hell; they shall not find an escape therefrom

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These! their dwelling Hell! no escape shall they find from it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The receptacle of these shall be hell, they shall find no refuge from it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:122

وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ سَنُدْخِلُهُمْ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًا وَعْدَ ٱللَّهِ حَقًّا وَمَنْ أَصْدَقُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ قِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati sanudkhiluhum jannaatin tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru khaalideena feehaa abadan wa'da llaahi haqqan waman asdaqu mina llaahi qeelaa

DIN 31635wallaḏīna ʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti sanudḫiluhum ǧannātin taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru ḫālidīna fīhā ʾabadan waʿda llāhi ḥaqqan waman ʾaṣdaqu mina llāhi qīlan

But as for those who believe and do righteous deeds, We will admit them into gardens beneath which rivers flow, where they will abide forever. The promise of God is true-and who is more truthful in speech than God?

Compare translations (4)

But as for those who believe and do good works We shall bring them into Gardens underneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide for ever. It is a promise from Allah in truth; and who can be more truthful than Allah in utterance

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But those who believe, and do what is right, we will make them enter into gardens beneath which rivers flow, to dwell therein for aye,- God's promise in truth; and who is truer than God in speech

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But they who believe and do the things that are right, we will bring them into gardens beneath which the rivers flow; For ever shall they abide therein. Truly it is the promise of God: And whose word is more sure than God's

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they who believe, and do good works, We will surely lead them into gardens, through which rivers flow, they shall continue therein for ever, according to the true promise of God; and who is more true than God in what He saith

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:123

لَّيْسَ بِأَمَانِيِّكُمْ وَلَآ أَمَانِىِّ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ مَن يَعْمَلْ سُوٓءًا يُجْزَ بِهِۦ وَلَا يَجِدْ لَهُۥ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِيًّا وَلَا نَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laysa bi'amaaniyyikum walaa amaaniyyi ahli l-kitaabi man ya'mal soo'an yujza bihi walaa yajid lahu min dooni llaahi waliyyan walaa naseeraa

DIN 31635laysa biʾamāniyyikum walā ʾamāniyyi ʾahli l-kitābi man yaʿmal sūʾan yuǧza bihi walā yaǧid lahu min dūni llāhi waliyyan walā naṣīran

It is not in accordance with your wishes, nor in accordance with the wishes of the People of the Scripture. Whoever works evil will pay for it, and will not find for himself, besides God, any protector or savior.

Compare translations (4)

It will not be in accordance with your desires, nor the desires of the People of the Scripture. He who doeth wrong will have the recompense thereof, and will not find against Allah any protecting friend or helper

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Not for your vain desires, nor the vain desires of the people of the Book. He who doeth evil shall be recompensed therewith, and shall not find for him beside God a patron, or a help

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Not according to your wishes, or the wishes of the people of the Book, shall these things be. He who doth evil shall be recompensed for it. Patron or helper, beside God, shall he find none

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It shall not be according to your desires, nor according to the desires of those who have received the scriptures. Whoso doth evil, shall be rewarded for it; and shall not find any patron or helper, beside God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:124

وَمَن يَعْمَلْ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ مِن ذَكَرٍ أَوْ أُنثَىٰ وَهُوَ مُؤْمِنٌ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَدْخُلُونَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ وَلَا يُظْلَمُونَ نَقِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman ya'mal mina s-saalihaati min dhakarin aw unthaa wahuwa mu'minun fa'oolaa'ika yadkhuloona l-jannata walaa yuzlamoona naqeeraa

DIN 31635waman yaʿmal mina ṣ-ṣāliḥāti min ḏakarin ʾaw ʾunṯā wahuwa muʾminun faʾūlāʾika yadḫulūna l-ǧannata walā yuẓlamūna naqīran

But whoever works righteousness, whether male or female, and is a believer-those will enter Paradise, and will not be wronged a whit.

Compare translations (4)

And whoso doeth good works, whether of male or female, and he (or she) is a believer, such will enter paradise and they will not be wronged the dint in a date-stone

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But he who doeth good works,- be it male or female,- and believes, they shall enter into Paradise, and they shall not be wronged a jot

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But whoso doth the things that are right, whether male or female, and he or she a believer, - these shall enter Paradise, nor shall they be wronged the skin of a date stone

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

but whoso doth good works, whether he be male or female, and is a true believer; they shall be admitted into paradise, and shall not in the least be unjustly dealt with

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:125

وَمَنْ أَحْسَنُ دِينًا مِّمَّنْ أَسْلَمَ وَجْهَهُۥ لِلَّهِ وَهُوَ مُحْسِنٌ وَٱتَّبَعَ مِلَّةَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ حَنِيفًا وَٱتَّخَذَ ٱللَّهُ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ خَلِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman ahsanu deenan mimman aslama wajhahu lillaahi wahuwa muhsinun waattaba'a millata ibraaheema haneefan waattakhadha llaahu ibraaheema khaleelaa

DIN 31635waman ʾaḥsanu dīnan mimman ʾaslama waǧhahu lillāhi wahuwa muḥsinun wāttabaʿa millata ʾibrāhīma ḥanīfan wāttaḫaḏa llāhu ʾibrāhīma ḫalīlan

And who is better in religion than he who submits himself wholly to God, and is a doer of good, and follows the faith of Abraham the Monotheist? God has chosen Abraham for a friend.

Compare translations (4)

Who is better in religion than he who surrendereth his purpose to Allah while doing good (to men) and followeth the tradition of Abraham, the upright? Allah (Himself) chose Abraham for friend

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Who has a better religion than he who resigns his face to God, and does good, and follows the faith of Abraham, as a 'Hanif?- for God took Abraham as a friend

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And who hath a better religion than he who resigneth himself to God, who doth what is good, and followeth the faith of Abraham in all sincerity? And God took Abraham for his friend

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Who is better in point of religion, than he who resigneth himself unto God, and is a worker of righteousness, and followeth the law of Abraham the orhodox? Since God took Abraham for his friend

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:126

وَلِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ مُّحِيطًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walillaahi maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi wakaana llaahu bikulli shay'in muheetaa

DIN 31635walillāhi mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi wakāna llāhu bikulli šayʾin muḥīṭan

To God belongs what is in the heavens and what is on earth, and God encompasses everything.

Compare translations (4)

Unto Allah belongeth whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth. Allah ever surroundeth all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And God's is what is in the heavens and in the earth, and God encompasses all things

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

All that is in the Heavens and all that is on the Earth is God's: and God encompasseth all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And to God belongeth whatsoever is in heaven and on earth; God comprehendeth all things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:127

وَيَسْتَفْتُونَكَ فِى ٱلنِّسَآءِ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ يُفْتِيكُمْ فِيهِنَّ وَمَا يُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ فِى ٱلْكِتَٰبِ فِى يَتَٰمَى ٱلنِّسَآءِ ٱلَّٰتِى لَا تُؤْتُونَهُنَّ مَا كُتِبَ لَهُنَّ وَتَرْغَبُونَ أَن تَنكِحُوهُنَّ وَٱلْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ مِنَ ٱلْوِلْدَٰنِ وَأَن تَقُومُوا۟ لِلْيَتَٰمَىٰ بِٱلْقِسْطِ وَمَا تَفْعَلُوا۟ مِنْ خَيْرٍ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِهِۦ عَلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wayastaftoonaka fee n-nisaa'i quli llaahu yufteekum feehinna wamaa yutlaa 'alaykum fee l-kitaabi fee yataamaa n-nisaa'i llaatee laa tu'toonahunna maa kutiba lahunna watarghaboona an tankihoohunna wal-mustad'afeena mina l-wildaani wa'an taqoomoo lilyataamaa bil-qisti wamaa taf'aloo min khayrin fa'inna llaaha kaana bihi 'aleemaa

DIN 31635wayastaftūnaka fī n-nisāʾi quli llāhu yuftīkum fīhinna wamā yutlā ʿalaykum fī l-kitābi fī yatāmā n-nisāʾi llātī lā tuʾtūnahunna mā kutiba lahunna watarġabūna ʾan tankiḥūhunna wal-mustaḍʿafīna mina l-wildāni waʾan taqūmū lilyatāmā bil-qisṭi wamā tafʿalū min ḫayrin faʾinna llāha kāna bihi ʿalīman

They ask you for a ruling about women. Say, "God gives you a ruling about them, and so does what is stated to you in the Book about widowed women from whom you withhold what is decreed for them, yet you desire to marry them, and about helpless children: that you should treat the orphans fairly." Whatever good you do, God knows it.

Compare translations (4)

They consult thee concerning women. Say: Allah giveth you decree concerning them, and the Scripture which hath been recited unto you (giveth decree), concerning female orphans and those unto whom ye give not that which is ordained for them though ye desire to marry them, and (concerning) the weak among children, and that ye should deal justly with orphans. Whatever good ye do, lo! Allah is ever Aware of it

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They will ask thee a decision about women; say, 'God decides for you about them, and that which is rehearsed to you in the Book; about orphan women to whom ye do not give what is prescribed for them, and whom ye are averse from marrying; and about weak children; and that ye stand fairly by orphans;- and what ye do of good, verily, that God knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Moreover, they will consult thee in regard to women: SAY: God hath instructed you about them; and His will is rehearsed to you, in the Book, concerning female orphans to whom ye give not their legal due, and whom ye refuse to marry; also with regard to weak children; and that ye deal with fairness towards orphans. Ye cannot do a good action, but verily God knoweth it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They will consult thee concerning women; answer, God instructeth you concerning them, and that which is read unto you in the book of the Koran concerning female orphans, to whom ye give not that which is ordained them, neither will ye marry them, and concerning weak infants, and that ye observe justice towards orphans: Whatever good ye do, God knoweth it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:128

وَإِنِ ٱمْرَأَةٌ خَافَتْ مِنۢ بَعْلِهَا نُشُوزًا أَوْ إِعْرَاضًا فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِمَآ أَن يُصْلِحَا بَيْنَهُمَا صُلْحًا وَٱلصُّلْحُ خَيْرٌ وَأُحْضِرَتِ ٱلْأَنفُسُ ٱلشُّحَّ وَإِن تُحْسِنُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'ini mra'atun khaafat min ba'lihaa nushoozan aw i'raadan falaa junaaha 'alayhimaa an yuslihaa baynahumaa sulhan was-sulhu khayrun wa'uhdirati l-'anfusu sh-shuhha wa'in tuhsinoo watattaqoo fa'inna llaaha kaana bimaa ta'maloona khabeeraa

DIN 31635waʾini mraʾatun ḫāfat min baʿlihā nušūzan ʾaw ʾiʿrāḍan falā ǧunāḥa ʿalayhimā ʾan yuṣliḥā baynahumā ṣulḥan waṣ-ṣulḥu ḫayrun waʾuḥḍirati l-ʾanfusu š-šuḥḥa waʾin tuḥsinū watattaqū faʾinna llāha kāna bimā taʿmalūna ḫabīran

The translators word this verse differently

If a woman fears maltreatment or desertion from her husband, there is no fault in them if they reconcile their differences, for reconciliation is best. Souls are prone to avarice; yet if you do what is good, and practice piety-God is Cognizant of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

If a woman feareth ill treatment from her husband, or desertion, it is no sin for them twain if they make terms of peace between themselves. Peace is better. But greed hath been made present in the minds (of men). If ye do good and keep from evil, lo! Allah is ever Informed of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if a woman fears from her husband perverseness or aversion, it is no crime in them both that they should be reconciled to each other, for reconciliation is best. For souls are prone to avarice; but if ye act kindly and fear God, of what ye do He is aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if a wife fear ill usage or aversion on the part of her husband, then shall it be no fault in them if they can agree with mutual agreement, for agreement is best. Men's souls are prone to avarice; but if ye act kindly and fear God, then, verily, your actions are not unnoticed by God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If a woman fear ill usage, or aversion from her husband, it shall be no crime in them if they agree the matter amicably between themselves; for a reconciliation is better than a separation. Mens souls are naturally inclined to covetousness: But if ye be kind towards women, and fear to wrong them, God is well acquainted with what ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:129

وَلَن تَسْتَطِيعُوٓا۟ أَن تَعْدِلُوا۟ بَيْنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ وَلَوْ حَرَصْتُمْ فَلَا تَمِيلُوا۟ كُلَّ ٱلْمَيْلِ فَتَذَرُوهَا كَٱلْمُعَلَّقَةِ وَإِن تُصْلِحُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walan tastatee'oo an ta'diloo bayna n-nisaa'i walaw harastum falaa tameeloo kulla l-mayli fatadharoohaa kal-mu'allaqati wa'in tuslihoo watattaqoo fa'inna llaaha kaana ghafooran raheemaa

DIN 31635walan tastaṭīʿū ʾan taʿdilū bayna n-nisāʾi walaw ḥaraṣtum falā tamīlū kulla l-mayli fataḏarūhā kal-muʿallaqati waʾin tuṣliḥū watattaqū faʾinna llāha kāna ġafūran raḥīman

The translators word this verse differently

You will not be able to treat women with equal fairness, no matter how much you desire it. But do not be so biased as to leave another suspended. If you make amends, and act righteously-God is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Ye will not be able to deal equally between (your) wives, however much ye wish (to do so). But turn not altogether away (from one), leaving her as in suspense. If ye do good and keep from evil, lo! Allah is ever Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ye are not able, it may be, to act equitably to your wives, even though ye covet it; do not however be quite partial, and leave one as it were in suspense; but if ye be reconciled and fear, then God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And ye will not have it at all in your power to treat your wives alike, even though you fain would do so; but yield not wholly to disinclination, so that ye leave one of them as it were in suspense; if ye come to an understanding, and fear God, then, verily, God is Forgiving, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ye can by no means carry your selves equally between women in all respects, although ye study to do it; Therefore turn not from a wife with all manner of aversion, nor leave her like one in suspense: If ye agree, and fear to abuse your wives, God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:130

وَإِن يَتَفَرَّقَا يُغْنِ ٱللَّهُ كُلًّا مِّن سَعَتِهِۦ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in yatafarraqaa yughni llaahu kullan min sa'atihi wakaana llaahu waasi'an hakeemaa

DIN 31635waʾin yatafarraqā yuġni llāhu kullan min saʿatihi wakāna llāhu wāsiʿan ḥakīman

And if they separate, God will enrich each from His abundance. God is Bounteous and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

But if they separate, Allah will compensate each out of His abundance. Allah is ever All-Embracing, All-Knowing

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

but if they separate, God can make both independent out of His abundance; for God is abundant, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if they separate, God can compensate both out of His abundance; for God is Vast, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

but if they separate, God will satisfy them both of His abundance; for God is extensive and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:131

وَلِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَقَدْ وَصَّيْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ وَإِيَّاكُمْ أَنِ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَإِن تَكْفُرُوا۟ فَإِنَّ لِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَنِيًّا حَمِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walillaahi maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi walaqad wassaynaa lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba min qablikum wa'iyyaakum ani taqoo llaaha wa'in takfuroo fa'inna lillaahi maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi wakaana llaahu ghaniyyan hameedaa

DIN 31635walillāhi mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi walaqad waṣṣaynā llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba min qablikum waʾiyyākum ʾani taqū llāha waʾin takfurū faʾinna lillāhi mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi wakāna llāhu ġaniyyan ḥamīdan

To God belongs everything in the heavens and everything on earth. We have instructed those who were given the Book before you, and you, to be conscious of God. But if you refuse-to God belongs everything in the heavens and everything on earth. God is in no need, Praiseworthy.

Compare translations (4)

Unto Allah belongeth whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth. And We charged those who received the Scripture before you, and (We charge) you, that ye keep your duty toward Allah. And if ye disbelieve, lo! unto Allah belongeth whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth, and Allah is ever Absolute, Owner of Praise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God's is what is in the heavens and what is in the earth! We have ordained to those who have been given the Book before you, and to you too that ye fear God;- but if ye misbelieve, verily, God's is what is in the heavens and what is in the earth, and God is rich and to be praised

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whatever is in the Heavens and in the Earth is God's! We have already enjoined those to whom the Scriptures were given before you, and yourselves, to fear God. But if ye become unbelievers, yet know that whatever is in the Heavens and in the Earth is God's: and God is Rich, Praiseworthy

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and unto God belongeth whatsoever is in heaven and on earth. We have already commanded those unto whom the scriptures were given before you, and we command you also, saying, fear God; but if ye disbelieve, unto God belongeth whatsoever is in heaven and on earth; and God is self-sufficient, and to be praised

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:132

وَلِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ وَكِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walillaahi maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi wakafaa billaahi wakeelaa

DIN 31635walillāhi mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi wakafā billāhi wakīlan

The translators word this verse differently

To God belongs everything in the heavens and everything on earth. God suffices as Manager.

Compare translations (4)

Unto Allah belongeth whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth. And Allah is sufficient as Defender

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God's is what is in the heavens and what is in the earth! and God sufficeth for a guardian

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

All that is in Heaven and all that is in Earth is God's! God is a sufficient protector

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

for unto God belongeth whatsoever is in heaven and on earth, and God is a sufficient protector

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:133

إِن يَشَأْ يُذْهِبْكُمْ أَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ وَيَأْتِ بِـَٔاخَرِينَ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ ذَٰلِكَ قَدِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)in yasha' yudhhibkum ayyuhaa n-naasu waya'ti bi'aakhareena wakaana llaahu 'alaa dhaalika qadeeraa

DIN 31635ʾin yašaʾ yuḏhibkum ʾayyuhā n-nāsu wayaʾti biʾāḫarīna wakāna llāhu ʿalā ḏālika qadīran

If He wills, He can do away with you, O people, and bring others. God is Able to do that.

Compare translations (4)

If He will, He can remove you, O people, and produce others (in your stead). Allah is Able to do that

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

If He will He can make ye pass away, O men! and can bring others ;- God is able to do all that

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If he pleased, he could cause you to pass away, O mankind! and create others in your stead: for this hath God power

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If He pleaseth He will take you away, O men, and will produce others in your stead; for God is able to do this

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:134

مَّن كَانَ يُرِيدُ ثَوَابَ ٱلدُّنْيَا فَعِندَ ٱللَّهِ ثَوَابُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ سَمِيعًۢا بَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)man kaana yureedu thawaaba d-dunyaa fa'inda llaahi thawaabu d-dunyaa wal-'aakhirati wakaana llaahu samee'an baseeraa

DIN 31635man kāna yurīdu ṯawāba d-dunyā faʿinda llāhi ṯawābu d-dunyā wal-ʾāḫirati wakāna llāhu samīʿan baṣīran

The translators word this verse differently

Whoever desires the reward of this world-with God is the reward of this world and the next. God is All-Hearing, All-Seeing.

Compare translations (4)

Whoso desireth the reward of the world, (let him know that) with Allah is the reward of the world and the Hereafter. Allah is ever Hearer, Seer

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He who wishes for a reward in this world,- with God is the reward of this world and of the next, and God both hears and sees

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If any one desire the reward of this world, yet with God is the reward of this world and of the next! And God Heareth, Beholdeth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whoso desireth the reward of this world, verily with God is the reward of this world, and also of that which is to come; God both heareth and seeth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:135

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ كُونُوا۟ قَوَّٰمِينَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ شُهَدَآءَ لِلَّهِ وَلَوْ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِكُمْ أَوِ ٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبِينَ إِن يَكُنْ غَنِيًّا أَوْ فَقِيرًا فَٱللَّهُ أَوْلَىٰ بِهِمَا فَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ ٱلْهَوَىٰٓ أَن تَعْدِلُوا۟ وَإِن تَلْوُۥٓا۟ أَوْ تُعْرِضُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo koonoo qawwaameena bil-qisti shuhadaa'a lillaahi walaw 'alaa anfusikum awi l-waalidayni wal-'aqrabeena in yakun ghaniyyan aw faqeeran fallaahu awlaa bihimaa falaa tattabi'oo l-hawaa an ta'diloo wa'in talwoo aw tu'ridoo fa'inna llaaha kaana bimaa ta'maloona khabeeraa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū kūnū qawwāmīna bil-qisṭi šuhadāʾa lillāhi walaw ʿalā ʾanfusikum ʾawi l-wālidayni wal-ʾaqrabīna ʾin yakun ġaniyyan ʾaw faqīran fallāhu ʾawlā bihimā falā tattabiʿū l-hawā ʾan taʿdilū waʾin talwū ʾaw tuʿriḍū faʾinna llāha kāna bimā taʿmalūna ḫabīran

O you who believe! Stand firmly for justice, as witnesses to God, even if against yourselves, or your parents, or your relatives. Whether one is rich or poor, God takes care of both. So do not follow your desires, lest you swerve. If you deviate, or turn away-then God is Aware of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Be ye staunch in justice, witnesses for Allah, even though it be against yourselves or (your) parents or (your) kindred, whether (the case be of) a rich man or a poor man, for Allah is nearer unto both (them ye are). So follow not passion lest ye lapse (from truth) and if ye lapse or fall away, then lo! Allah is ever Informed of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! be ye steadfast in justice, witnessing before God though it be against yourselves, or your parents, or your kindred, be it rich or poor, for God is nearer akin than either. Follow not, then, lusts, so as to act partially; but if ye swerve or turn aside, God of what ye do is well aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! stand fast to justice, when ye bear witness before God, though it be against yourselves, or your parents, or your kindred, whether the party be rich or poor. God is nearer than you to both. Therefore follow not passion, lest ye swerve from truth. And if ye wrest your testimony or stand aloof, God verily is well aware of what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, observe justice when ye bear witness before God, although it be against your selves, or your parents, or relations; whether the party be rich, or whether he be poor; for God is more worthy than them both: Therefore follow not your own lust in bearing testimony, so that ye swerve from justice. And whether ye wrest your evidence, or decline giving it, God is well acquainted with that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:136

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ وَٱلْكِتَٰبِ ٱلَّذِى نَزَّلَ عَلَىٰ رَسُولِهِۦ وَٱلْكِتَٰبِ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ مِن قَبْلُ وَمَن يَكْفُرْ بِٱللَّهِ وَمَلَٰٓئِكَتِهِۦ وَكُتُبِهِۦ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ فَقَدْ ضَلَّ ضَلَٰلًۢا بَعِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo aaminoo billaahi warasoolihi wal-kitaabi lladhee nazzala 'alaa rasoolihi wal-kitaabi lladhee anzala min qablu waman yakfur billaahi wamalaa'ikatihi wakutubihi warusulihi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri faqad dalla dalaalan ba'eedaa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾāminū billāhi warasūlihi wal-kitābi llaḏī nazzala ʿalā rasūlihi wal-kitābi llaḏī ʾanzala min qablu waman yakfur billāhi wamalāʾikatihi wakutubihi warusulihi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri faqad ḍalla ḍalālan baʿīdan

O you who believe! Believe in God and His messenger, and the Book He sent down to His messenger, and the Book He sent down before. Whoever rejects God, His angels, His Books, His messengers, and the Last Day, has strayed far in error.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Believe in Allah and His messenger and the Scripture which He hath revealed unto His messenger, and the Scripture which He revealed aforetime. Whoso disbelieveth in Allah and His angels and His scriptures and His messengers and the Last Day, he verily hath wandered far astray

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! believe in God and His apostles, and the Book which He hath revealed to His Apostle, and the Book which He sent down before; for whoso disbelieves in God, and His angels, and His Apostle, and the last day, has erred a wide error

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! believe in God and his Apostle, and the Book which he hath sent down to his Apostle, and the Book which he hath sent down aforetime. Whoever believeth not on God and his Angels and his Books and his Apostles, and in the last day, he verily hath erred with far-gone error

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, believe in God and his apostle, and the book which he hath caused to descend unto his apostle, and the book which He hath formerly sent down. And whosoever believeth not in God, and his angels, and his scriptures, and his apostles, and the last day, he surely erreth in a wide mistake

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:137

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ثُمَّ كَفَرُوا۟ ثُمَّ ءَامَنُوا۟ ثُمَّ كَفَرُوا۟ ثُمَّ ٱزْدَادُوا۟ كُفْرًا لَّمْ يَكُنِ ٱللَّهُ لِيَغْفِرَ لَهُمْ وَلَا لِيَهْدِيَهُمْ سَبِيلًۢا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena aamanoo thumma kafaroo thumma aamanoo thumma kafaroo thumma zdaadoo kufran lam yakuni llaahu liyaghfira lahum walaa liyahdiyahum sabeelaa

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna ʾāmanū ṯumma kafarū ṯumma ʾāmanū ṯumma kafarū ṯumma zdādū kufran lam yakuni llāhu liyaġfira lahum walā liyahdiyahum sabīlan

The translators word this verse differently

Those who believe, then disbelieve, then believe, then disbelieve, then increase in disbelief, God will not forgive them, nor will He guide them to a way.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who believe, then disbelieve and then (again) believe, then disbelieve, and then increase in disbelief, Allah will never pardon them, nor will He guide them unto a way

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who believe and then misbelieve, and then believe and then misbelieve, and then increase in misbelief, God will never pardon them, nor will He guide them in the path

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, they who believed, then became unbelievers, then believed, and again became unbelievers, and then increased their unbelief - it is not God who will forgive them or guide them into the way

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover they who believed, and afterwards became infidels, and then believed again, and after that disbelieved, and increased in infidelity, God will by no means forgive them, nor direct them into the right way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:138

بَشِّرِ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ بِأَنَّ لَهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)bashshiri l-munaafiqeena bi'anna lahum 'adhaaban aleemaa

DIN 31635bašširi l-munāfiqīna biʾanna lahum ʿaḏāban ʾalīman

The translators word this verse differently

Inform the hypocrites that they will have a painful punishment.

Compare translations (4)

Bear unto the hypocrites the tidings that for them there is a painful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Give to the hypocrites the glad tidings that for them is grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Announce to the hypocrites that a dolorous torment doth await them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Declare unto the ungodly that they shall suffer a painful punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:139

ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّخِذُونَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَيَبْتَغُونَ عِندَهُمُ ٱلْعِزَّةَ فَإِنَّ ٱلْعِزَّةَ لِلَّهِ جَمِيعًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yattakhidhoona l-kaafireena awliyaa'a min dooni l-mu'mineena ayabtaghoona 'indahumu l-'izzata fa'inna l-'izzata lillaahi jamee'aa

DIN 31635allaḏīna yattaḫiḏūna l-kāfirīna ʾawliyāʾa min dūni l-muʾminīna ʾayabtaġūna ʿindahumu l-ʿizzata faʾinna l-ʿizzata lillāhi ǧamīʿan

The translators word this verse differently

Those who ally themselves with the disbelievers instead of the believers. Do they seek glory in them? All glory belongs to God.

Compare translations (4)

Those who chose disbelievers for their friends instead of believers! Do they look for power at their hands? Lo! all power appertaineth to Allah

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who take the misbelievers for their patrons rather than believers,- do they crave honour from them? Verily, honour is altogether God's

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Those who take the unbelievers for friends besides the faithful - do they seek honour at their hands? Verily, all honour belongeth unto God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who take the unbelievers for their protectors, besides the faithful, do they seek for power with them? Since all power belongeth unto God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:140

وَقَدْ نَزَّلَ عَلَيْكُمْ فِى ٱلْكِتَٰبِ أَنْ إِذَا سَمِعْتُمْ ءَايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ يُكْفَرُ بِهَا وَيُسْتَهْزَأُ بِهَا فَلَا تَقْعُدُوا۟ مَعَهُمْ حَتَّىٰ يَخُوضُوا۟ فِى حَدِيثٍ غَيْرِهِۦٓ إِنَّكُمْ إِذًا مِّثْلُهُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ جَامِعُ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ وَٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ فِى جَهَنَّمَ جَمِيعًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqad nazzala 'alaykum fee l-kitaabi an idhaa sami'tum aayaati llaahi yukfaru bihaa wayustahza'u bihaa falaa taq'udoo ma'ahum hattaa yakhoodoo fee hadeethin ghayrihi innakum idhan mithluhum inna llaaha jaami'u l-munaafiqeena wal-kaafireena fee jahannama jamee'aa

DIN 31635waqad nazzala ʿalaykum fī l-kitābi ʾan ʾiḏā samiʿtum ʾāyāti llāhi yukfaru bihā wayustahzaʾu bihā falā taqʿudū maʿahum ḥattā yaḫūḍū fī ḥadīṯin ġayrihi ʾinnakum ʾiḏan miṯluhum ʾinna llāha ǧāmiʿu l-munāfiqīna wal-kāfirīna fī ǧahannama ǧamīʿan

He has revealed to you in the Book that when you hear God's revelations being rejected, or ridiculed, do not sit with them until they engage in some other subject. Otherwise, you would be like them. God will gather the hypocrites and the disbelievers, into Hell, altogether.

Compare translations (4)

He hath already revealed unto you in the Scripture that, when ye hear the revelations of Allah rejected and derided, (ye) sit not with them (who disbelieve and mock) until they engage in some other conversation. Lo! in that case (if ye stayed) ye would be like unto them. Lo! Allah will gather hypocrites and disbelievers, all together, into hell

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He hath revealed this to you in the Book, that when ye hear the signs of God disbelieved in and mocked at, then sit ye not down with them until they plunge into another discourse, for verily, then ye would be like them. Verily, God will gather the hypocrites and misbelievers into hell together

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And already hath He sent this down to you in the Book "WHEN YE SHALL HEAR THE SIGNS OF GOD THEY SHALL NOT BE BELIEVED BUT SHALL BE MOCKED AT." Sit ye not therefore with such, until they engage in other discourse; otherwise, ye will become like them. Verily God will gather the hypocrites and the infidels all together in Hell

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And he hath already revealed unto you, in the book of the Koran, the following passage, when ye shall hear the signs of God, they shall not be believed, but they shall be laughed to scorn. Therefore sit not with them who believe not, until they engage in different discourse; for if ye do ye will certainly become like unto them. God will surely gather the ungodly and the unbelievers together in hell

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:141

ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَرَبَّصُونَ بِكُمْ فَإِن كَانَ لَكُمْ فَتْحٌ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ قَالُوٓا۟ أَلَمْ نَكُن مَّعَكُمْ وَإِن كَانَ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ نَصِيبٌ قَالُوٓا۟ أَلَمْ نَسْتَحْوِذْ عَلَيْكُمْ وَنَمْنَعْكُم مِّنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ فَٱللَّهُ يَحْكُمُ بَيْنَكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ وَلَن يَجْعَلَ ٱللَّهُ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ سَبِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yatarabbasoona bikum fa'in kaana lakum fathun mina llaahi qaaloo alam nakun ma'akum wa'in kaana lilkaafireena naseebun qaaloo alam nastahwidh 'alaykum wanamna'kum mina l-mu'mineena fallaahu yahkumu baynakum yawma l-qiyaamati walan yaj'ala llaahu lilkaafireena 'alaa l-mu'mineena sabeelaa

DIN 31635allaḏīna yatarabbaṣūna bikum faʾin kāna lakum fatḥun mina llāhi qālū ʾalam nakun maʿakum waʾin kāna lilkāfirīna naṣībun qālū ʾalam nastaḥwiḏ ʿalaykum wanamnaʿkum mina l-muʾminīna fallāhu yaḥkumu baynakum yawma l-qiyāmati walan yaǧʿala llāhu lilkāfirīna ʿalā l-muʾminīna sabīlan

Those who lie in wait for you: if you attain victory from God, they say, "Were we not with you?" But if the disbelievers get a turn, they say, "Did we not side with you, and defend you from the believers?" God will judge between you on the Day of Resurrection; and God will give the disbelievers no means of overcoming the believers.

Compare translations (4)

Those who wait upon occasion in regard to you and, if a victory cometh unto you from Allah, say: Are we not with you? and if the disbelievers meet with a success say: Had we not the mastery of you, and did we not protect you from the believers? - Allah will judge between you at the Day of Resurrection, and Allah will not give the disbelievers any way (of success) against the believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who lie in wait for you, and if the victory be yours from God, say, 'Were we not with you?' and if the misbelievers have a chance, they say, 'Did we not get the mastery over you, and defend you from the believers?' But God shall judge between you on the resurrection day; for God will not give the misbelievers a way against believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They watch you narrowly. Then if God grant you a victory, they say, "Are we not with you?" and if the infidels meet with a success, they say to them, "Were we not superior to you: and did we not defend you from those believers?" God shall judge betwixt ye on the day of the resurrection, and God will by no means make a way for the infidels over the believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who wait to observe what befalleth you, if victory be granted you from God, say, were we not with you? But if any advantage happen to the infidels, they say unto them, were we not superior to you, and have we not defended you against the believers? God shall judge between you on the day of resurrection; and God will not grant the unbelievers means to prevail over the faithful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:142

إِنَّ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ يُخَٰدِعُونَ ٱللَّهَ وَهُوَ خَٰدِعُهُمْ وَإِذَا قَامُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ قَامُوا۟ كُسَالَىٰ يُرَآءُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ وَلَا يَذْكُرُونَ ٱللَّهَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna l-munaafiqeena yukhaadi'oona llaaha wahuwa khaadi'uhum wa'idhaa qaamoo ilaa s-salaati qaamoo kusaalaa yuraa'oona n-naasa walaa yadhkuroona llaaha illaa qaleelaa

DIN 31635ʾinna l-munāfiqīna yuḫādiʿūna llāha wahuwa ḫādiʿuhum waʾiḏā qāmū ʾilā ṣ-ṣalāti qāmū kusālā yurāʾūna n-nāsa walā yaḏkurūna llāha ʾillā qalīlan

The hypocrites try to deceive God, but He is deceiving them. And when they stand for prayer, they stand lazily, showing off in front of people, and remembering God only a little.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! the hypocrites seek to beguile Allah, but it is He Who beguileth them. When they stand up to worship they perform it languidly and to be seen of men, and are mindful of Allah but little

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, the hypocrites seek to deceive God, but He deceives them; and when they rise up to pray, they rise up lazily to be seen of men, and do not remember God, except a few

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The hypocrites would deceive God, but He will deceive them! When they stand up for prayer, they stand carelessly, to be seen of men, and they remember God but little

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The hypocrites act deceitfully with God, but he will deceive them; and when they stand up to pray, they stand carelesly, affecting to be seen of men, and remember not God, unless a little

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:143

مُّذَبْذَبِينَ بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ لَآ إِلَىٰ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ وَلَآ إِلَىٰ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ وَمَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُۥ سَبِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)mudhabdhabeena bayna dhaalika laa ilaa haa'ulaa'i walaa ilaa haa'ulaa'i waman yudlili llaahu falan tajida lahu sabeelaa

DIN 31635muḏabḏabīna bayna ḏālika lā ʾilā hāʾulāʾi walā ʾilā hāʾulāʾi waman yuḍlili llāhu falan taǧida lahu sabīlan

Wavering in between, neither with these, nor with those. Whomever God sends astray, you will never find for him a way.

Compare translations (4)

Swaying between this (and that), (belonging) neither to these nor to those. He whom Allah causeth to go astray, thou (O Muhammad) wilt not find a way for him

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

wavering between the two, neither to these nor yet to those! but whomsoever God doth lead astray thou shall not find for him a way

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Wavering between the one and the other - belonging neither to these nor those! and by no means shalt thou find a path for him whom God misleadeth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

wavering between faith and infidelity, and adhering neither unto these nor unto those: And for him whom God shall lead astray, thou shalt find no true path

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:144

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَتُرِيدُونَ أَن تَجْعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ سُلْطَٰنًا مُّبِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa tattakhidhoo l-kaafireena awliyaa'a min dooni l-mu'mineena atureedoona an taj'aloo lillaahi 'alaykum sultaanan mubeenaa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā tattaḫiḏū l-kāfirīna ʾawliyāʾa min dūni l-muʾminīna ʾaturīdūna ʾan taǧʿalū lillāhi ʿalaykum sulṭānan mubīnan

The translators word this verse differently

O you who believe! Do not befriend disbelievers rather than believers. Do you want to give God a clear case against you?

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Choose not disbelievers for (your) friends in place of believers. Would ye give Allah a clear warrant against you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! take not misbelievers for patrons rather than believers; do ye wish to make for God a power against you

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O believers! take not infidels for friends rather than believers. Would ye furnish God with clear right to punish you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, take not the unbelievers for your protectors, besides the faithful. Will ye furnish God with an evident argument of impiety against you

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:145

إِنَّ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ فِى ٱلدَّرْكِ ٱلْأَسْفَلِ مِنَ ٱلنَّارِ وَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُمْ نَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna l-munaafiqeena fee d-darki l-'asfali mina n-naari walan tajida lahum naseeraa

DIN 31635ʾinna l-munāfiqīna fī d-darki l-ʾasfali mina n-nāri walan taǧida lahum naṣīran

The hypocrites will be in the lowest level of the Fire, and you will find no helper for them.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! the hypocrites (will be) in the lowest deep of the Fire, and thou wilt find no helper for them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, the hypocrites are in the lowest depths of hell-fire, and thou shalt not find for them a help

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily the hypocrites shall be in the lowest abyss of the fire: and, by no means shalt thou find a helper for them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover the hypocrites shall be in the lowest bottom of hell fire, and thou shalt not find any to help them thence

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:146

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ تَابُوا۟ وَأَصْلَحُوا۟ وَٱعْتَصَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَأَخْلَصُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لِلَّهِ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَعَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَسَوْفَ يُؤْتِ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)illaa lladheena taaboo wa'aslahoo wa'tasamoo billaahi wa'akhlasoo deenahum lillaahi fa'oolaa'ika ma'a l-mu'mineena wasawfa yu'ti llaahu l-mu'mineena ajran 'azeemaa

DIN 31635ʾillā llaḏīna tābū waʾaṣlaḥū waʿtaṣamū billāhi waʾaḫlaṣū dīnahum lillāhi faʾūlāʾika maʿa l-muʾminīna wasawfa yuʾti llāhu l-muʾminīna ʾaǧran ʿaẓīman

Except those who repent, and reform, and hold fast to God, and dedicate their religion to God alone. These are with the believers; and God will give the believers a great reward.

Compare translations (4)

Save those who repent and amend and hold fast to Allah and make their religion pure for Allah (only). Those are with the believers. And Allah will bestow on the believers an immense reward

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Save those who turn again, and do right, and take tight hold on God, and are sincere in religion to God; these are with the believers, and God will give to the believers mighty hire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Save for those who turn and amend, and lay fast hold on God, and approve the sincerity of their religion to God; these shall be numbered with the faithful, and God will at last bestow on the faithful a great reward

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they who repent and amend, and adhere firmly unto God, and approve the sincerity of their religion to God, they shall be numbered with the faithful; and God will surely give the faithful a great reward

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:147

مَّا يَفْعَلُ ٱللَّهُ بِعَذَابِكُمْ إِن شَكَرْتُمْ وَءَامَنتُمْ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ شَاكِرًا عَلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)maa yaf'alu llaahu bi'adhaabikum in shakartum wa'aamantum wakaana llaahu shaakiran 'aleemaa

DIN 31635mā yafʿalu llāhu biʿaḏābikum ʾin šakartum waʾāmantum wakāna llāhu šākiran ʿalīman

The translators word this verse differently

What would God accomplish by your punishment, if you have given thanks, and have believed? God is Appreciative and Cognizant.

Compare translations (4)

What concern hath Allah for your punishment if ye are thankful (for His mercies) and believe (in Him)? Allah was ever Responsive, Aware

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Why should God punish you, if ye are grateful and believe? for God is grateful and knowing

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Why should God inflict a chastisement upon you, if ye are grateful, and believe? God is Grateful, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And how should God go about to punisth you, if ye be thankful and believe? For God is grateful and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:148

لَّا يُحِبُّ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْجَهْرَ بِٱلسُّوٓءِ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْلِ إِلَّا مَن ظُلِمَ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ سَمِيعًا عَلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa yuhibbu llaahu l-jahra bis-soo'i mina l-qawli illaa man zulima wakaana llaahu samee'an 'aleemaa

DIN 31635lā yuḥibbu llāhu l-ǧahra bis-sūʾi mina l-qawli ʾillā man ẓulima wakāna llāhu samīʿan ʿalīman

The translators word this verse differently

God does not like the public uttering of bad language, unless someone was wronged. God is Hearing and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

Allah loveth not the utterance of harsh speech save by one who hath been wronged. Allah is ever Hearer, Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God loves not publicity of evil speech, unless one has been wronged; for God both hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God loveth not that evil be matter of public talk, unless any one hath been wronged: God it is who Heareth, Knoweth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God loveth not the speaking ill of any one in public, unless he who is injured call for assistance; and God heareth and knoweth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:149

إِن تُبْدُوا۟ خَيْرًا أَوْ تُخْفُوهُ أَوْ تَعْفُوا۟ عَن سُوٓءٍ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَفُوًّا قَدِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)in tubdoo khayran aw tukhfoohu aw ta'foo 'an soo'in fa'inna llaaha kaana 'afuwwan qadeeraa

DIN 31635ʾin tubdū ḫayran ʾaw tuḫfūhu ʾaw taʿfū ʿan sūʾin faʾinna llāha kāna ʿafuwwan qadīran

If you let a good deed be shown, or conceal it, or pardon an offense-God is Pardoning and Capable.

Compare translations (4)

If ye do good openly or keep it secret, or forgive evil, lo! Allah is ever Forgiving, Powerful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

If ye display good or hide it, or pardon evil, verily, God is pardoning and powerful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whether ye publish what is good, or conceal it, or pardon evil, verily God is Pardoning, Powerful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whether ye publish a good action, or conceal it, or forgive evil, verily God is gracious and powerful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:150

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْفُرُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَيُرِيدُونَ أَن يُفَرِّقُوا۟ بَيْنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَيَقُولُونَ نُؤْمِنُ بِبَعْضٍ وَنَكْفُرُ بِبَعْضٍ وَيُرِيدُونَ أَن يَتَّخِذُوا۟ بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ سَبِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena yakfuroona billaahi warusulihi wayureedoona an yufarriqoo bayna llaahi warusulihi wayaqooloona nu'minu biba'din wanakfuru biba'din wayureedoona an yattakhidhoo bayna dhaalika sabeelaa

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna yakfurūna billāhi warusulihi wayurīdūna ʾan yufarriqū bayna llāhi warusulihi wayaqūlūna nuʾminu bibaʿḍin wanakfuru bibaʿḍin wayurīdūna ʾan yattaḫiḏū bayna ḏālika sabīlan

Those who disbelieve in God and His messengers, and want to separate between God and His messengers, and say, "We believe in some, and reject some," and wish to take a path in between.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who disbelieve in Allah and His messengers, and seek to make distinction between Allah and His messengers, and say: We believe in some and disbelieve in others, and seek to choose a way in between

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who disbelieve in God and His apostles desire to make a distinction between God and His apostles, and say, 'We believe in part and disbelieve in part, and desire to take a midway course between the two

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Of a truth they who believe not on God and his Apostles, and seek to separate God from his Apostles, and say, "Some we believe, and some we believe not," and desire to take a middle way

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who believe not in God, and his apostles, and would make a distinction between God and his apostles, and say, we believe in some of the prophets and reject others of them, and seek to take a middle way in this matter

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:151

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْكَٰفِرُونَ حَقًّا وَأَعْتَدْنَا لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَذَابًا مُّهِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika humu l-kaafiroona haqqan wa'a'tadnaa lilkaafireena 'adhaaban muheenaa

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika humu l-kāfirūna ḥaqqan waʾaʿtadnā lilkāfirīna ʿaḏāban muhīnan

These are the unbelievers, truly. We have prepared for the unbelievers a shameful punishment.

Compare translations (4)

Such are disbelievers in truth; and for disbelievers We prepare a shameful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

these are the misbelievers, and we have prepared for misbelievers shameful woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These! they are veritable infidels! and for the infidels have we prepared a shameful punishment

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

these are really unbelievers: And we have prepared for the unbelievers an ignominious punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:152

وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَلَمْ يُفَرِّقُوا۟ بَيْنَ أَحَدٍ مِّنْهُمْ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ سَوْفَ يُؤْتِيهِمْ أُجُورَهُمْ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena aamanoo billaahi warusulihi walam yufarriqoo bayna ahadin minhum oolaa'ika sawfa yu'teehim ujoorahum wakaana llaahu ghafooran raheemaa

DIN 31635wallaḏīna ʾāmanū billāhi warusulihi walam yufarriqū bayna ʾaḥadin minhum ʾūlāʾika sawfa yuʾtīhim ʾuǧūrahum wakāna llāhu ġafūran raḥīman

As for those who believe in God and His messengers, and make no distinction between any of them-He will give them their rewards. God is Forgiver and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

But those who believe in Allah and His messengers and make no distinction between any of them, unto them Allah will give their wages; and Allah was ever Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But those who believe in God and His apostles, and who do not make a distinction between any one of them,- to these we will give their hire, for God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And they who believe on God and his Apostles, and make no difference between them these! we will bestow on them their reward at last. God is Gracious, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they who believe in God and his apostles, and make no distinction between any of them, unto those will we surely give their reward; and God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:153

يَسْـَٔلُكَ أَهْلُ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ أَن تُنَزِّلَ عَلَيْهِمْ كِتَٰبًا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَقَدْ سَأَلُوا۟ مُوسَىٰٓ أَكْبَرَ مِن ذَٰلِكَ فَقَالُوٓا۟ أَرِنَا ٱللَّهَ جَهْرَةً فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلصَّٰعِقَةُ بِظُلْمِهِمْ ثُمَّ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ ٱلْعِجْلَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتُ فَعَفَوْنَا عَن ذَٰلِكَ وَءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَىٰ سُلْطَٰنًا مُّبِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yas'aluka ahlu l-kitaabi an tunazzila 'alayhim kitaaban mina s-samaa'i faqad sa'aloo moosaa akbara min dhaalika faqaaloo arinaa llaaha jahratan fa'akhadhathumu s-saa'iqatu bizulmihim thumma takhadhoo l-'ijla min ba'di maa jaa'athumu l-bayyinaatu fa'afawnaa 'an dhaalika wa'aataynaa moosaa sultaanan mubeenaa

DIN 31635yasʾaluka ʾahlu l-kitābi ʾan tunazzila ʿalayhim kitāban mina s-samāʾi faqad saʾalū mūsā ʾakbara min ḏālika faqālū ʾarinā llāha ǧahratan faʾaḫaḏathumu ṣ-ṣāʿiqatu biẓulmihim ṯumma taḫaḏū l-ʿiǧla min baʿdi mā ǧāʾathumu l-bayyinātu faʿafawnā ʿan ḏālika waʾātaynā mūsā sulṭānan mubīnan

The People of the Scripture challenge you to bring down to them a book from the sky. They had asked Moses for something even greater. They said, "Show us God plainly." The thunderbolt struck them for their wickedness. Then they took the calf for worship, even after the clear proofs had come to them. Yet We pardoned that, and We gave Moses a clear authority.

Compare translations (4)

The people of the Scripture ask of thee that thou shouldst cause an (actual) Book to descend upon them from heaven. They asked a greater thing of Moses aforetime, for they said: Show us Allah plainly. The storm of lightning seized them for their wickedness. Then (even) after that) they chose the calf (for worship) after clear proofs (of Allah's Sovereignty) had come unto them. And We forgave them that! And We bestowed on Moses evident authority

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The people of the Book will ask thee to bring down for them a book from heaven; but they asked Moses a greater thing than that, for they said, 'Show us God openly;' but the thunderbolt caught them in their injustice. Then they took the calf, after what had come to them of manifest signs; but we pardoned that, and gave Moses obvious authority

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The people of the Book will ask of thee to cause a Book to come down unto them out of Heaven. But a greater thing than this did they ask of Moses! for they said, "Shew us God plainly!" and for this their wickedness did the fire-storm lay hold on them. Then took they the calf as the object of their worship, after that our clear tokens had come to them; but we forgave them this, and conferred on Moses undoubted power

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who have received the scriptures will demand of thee, that thou cause a book to descend unto them from heaven: They formerly asked of Moses a greater thing than this; for they said, shew us God visibly. Wherefore a storm of fire from heaven destroyed them, because of their iniquity. Then they took the calf for their God, after that evident proofs of the divine unity had come unto them: But we forgave them that, and gave Moses a manifest power to punish them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:154

وَرَفَعْنَا فَوْقَهُمُ ٱلطُّورَ بِمِيثَٰقِهِمْ وَقُلْنَا لَهُمُ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْبَابَ سُجَّدًا وَقُلْنَا لَهُمْ لَا تَعْدُوا۟ فِى ٱلسَّبْتِ وَأَخَذْنَا مِنْهُم مِّيثَٰقًا غَلِيظًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)warafa'naa fawqahumu t-toora bimeethaaqihim waqulnaa lahumu dkhuloo l-baaba sujjadan waqulnaa lahum laa ta'doo fee s-sabti wa'akhadhnaa minhum meethaaqan ghaleezaa

DIN 31635warafaʿnā fawqahumu ṭ-ṭūra bimīṯāqihim waqulnā lahumu dḫulū l-bāba suǧǧadan waqulnā lahum lā taʿdū fī s-sabti waʾaḫaḏnā minhum mīṯāqan ġalīẓan

The translators word this verse differently

And We raised the Mount above them in accordance with their covenant, and We said to them, "Enter the gate humbly", and We said to them, "Do not violate the Sabbath", and We received from them a solemn pledge.

Compare translations (4)

And We caused the Mount to tower above them at (the taking of) their covenant: and We bade them: Enter the gate, prostrate! and We bode them: Transgress not the Sabbath! and We took from them a firm covenant

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And we held over them the mountain at their compact, and said to them, 'Enter ye the door adoring;' and we said to them, 'Transgress not on the Sabbath day,' and we took from them a rigid compact

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And we uplifted the mountain over them when we made a covenant with them, and we said to them, "Enter the gate adoring:"and we said to them, "Transgress not on the Sabbath," and we received from them a strict covenant

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And we lifted the mountain of Sinai over them, when we exacted from them their covenant; and said unto them, enter the gate of the city worshipping. We also said unto them, transgress not on the sabbath day. And we received from them a firm covenant, that they would observe these things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:155

فَبِمَا نَقْضِهِم مِّيثَٰقَهُمْ وَكُفْرِهِم بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَقَتْلِهِمُ ٱلْأَنۢبِيَآءَ بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّ وَقَوْلِهِمْ قُلُوبُنَا غُلْفٌۢ بَلْ طَبَعَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهَا بِكُفْرِهِمْ فَلَا يُؤْمِنُونَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fabimaa naqdihim meethaaqahum wakufrihim bi'aayaati llaahi waqatlihimu l-'anbiyaa'a bighayri haqqin waqawlihim quloobunaa ghulfun bal taba'a llaahu 'alayhaa bikufrihim falaa yu'minoona illaa qaleelaa

DIN 31635fabimā naqḍihim mīṯāqahum wakufrihim biʾāyāti llāhi waqatlihimu l-ʾanbiyāʾa biġayri ḥaqqin waqawlihim qulūbunā ġulfun bal ṭabaʿa llāhu ʿalayhā bikufrihim falā yuʾminūna ʾillā qalīlan

But for their violation of their covenant, and their denial of God's revelations, and their killing of the prophets unjustly, and their saying, "Our minds are closed." In fact, God has sealed them for their disbelief, so they do not believe, except for a few.

Compare translations (4)

Then because of their breaking of their covenant, and their disbelieving in the revelations of Allah, and their slaying of the prophets wrongfully, and their saying: Our hearts are hardened - Nay, but Allah set a seal upon them for their disbelief, so that they believe not save a few

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But for that they broke their compact, and for their misbelief in God's signs, and for their killing the prophets undeservedly, and for their saying, 'Our hearts are uncircumcised,' - nay, God hath stamped on them their misbelief, so that they cannot believe except a few

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

So, for that they have broken their covenant, and have rejected the signs of God, and have put the prophets to death unjustly, saying the while, "Our hearts are uncircumcised," - Nay, but God hath sealed them up for their unbelief, so that but few believe

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Therefore for that they have made void their covenant, and have not believed in the signs of God, and have slain the prophets unjustly, and have said, our hearts are uncircumcised; -- but God hath sealed them up, because of their unbelief; therefore they shall not believe, except a few of them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:156

وَبِكُفْرِهِمْ وَقَوْلِهِمْ عَلَىٰ مَرْيَمَ بُهْتَٰنًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wabikufrihim waqawlihim 'alaa maryama buhtaanan 'azeemaa

DIN 31635wabikufrihim waqawlihim ʿalā maryama buhtānan ʿaẓīman

The translators word this verse differently

And for their faithlessness, and their saying against Mary a monstrous slander.

Compare translations (4)

And because of their disbelief and of their speaking against Mary a tremendous calumny

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and for their misbelief, and for their saying about Mary a mighty calumny

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And for their unbelief, - and for their having spoken against Mary a grievous calumny

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And for that they have not believed on Jesus, and have spoken against Mary a grievous calumny

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:157

وَقَوْلِهِمْ إِنَّا قَتَلْنَا ٱلْمَسِيحَ عِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ رَسُولَ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا قَتَلُوهُ وَمَا صَلَبُوهُ وَلَٰكِن شُبِّهَ لَهُمْ وَإِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱخْتَلَفُوا۟ فِيهِ لَفِى شَكٍّ مِّنْهُ مَا لَهُم بِهِۦ مِنْ عِلْمٍ إِلَّا ٱتِّبَاعَ ٱلظَّنِّ وَمَا قَتَلُوهُ يَقِينًۢا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqawlihim innaa qatalnaa l-maseeha 'eesaa bna maryama rasoola llaahi wamaa qataloohu wamaa salaboohu walaakin shubbiha lahum wa'inna lladheena khtalafoo feehi lafee shakkin minhu maa lahum bihi min 'ilmin illaa tibaa'a z-zanni wamaa qataloohu yaqeenaa

DIN 31635waqawlihim ʾinnā qatalnā l-masīḥa ʿīsā bna maryama rasūla llāhi wamā qatalūhu wamā ṣalabūhu walākin šubbiha lahum waʾinna llaḏīna ḫtalafū fīhi lafī šakkin minhu mā lahum bihi min ʿilmin ʾillā tibāʿa ẓ-ẓanni wamā qatalūhu yaqīnan

And for their saying, "We have killed the Messiah, Jesus, the son of Mary, the Messenger of God." In fact, they did not kill him, nor did they crucify him, but it appeared to them as if they did. Indeed, those who differ about him are in doubt about it. They have no knowledge of it, except the following of assumptions. Certainly, they did not kill him.

Compare translations (4)

And because of their saying: We slew the Messiah, Jesus son of Mary, Allah's messenger - they slew him not nor crucified him, but it appeared so unto them; and lo! those who disagree concerning it are in doubt thereof; they have no knowledge thereof save pursuit of a conjecture; they slew him not for certain

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and for their saying, 'Verily, we have killed the Messiah, Jesus the son of Mary, the apostle of God'.... but they did not kill him, and they did not crucify him, but a similitude was made for them. And verily, those who differ about him are in doubt concerning him; they have no knowledge concerning him, but only follow an opinion. They did not kill him, for sure

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And for their saying, "Verily we have slain the Messiah, Jesus the son of Mary, an Apostle of God." Yet they slew him not, and they crucified him not, but they had only his likeness. And they who differed about him were in doubt concerning him: No sure knowledge had they about him, but followed only an opinion, and they did not really slay him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and have said, verily we have slain Christ Jesus the son of Mary, the apostle of God; yet they slew him not, neither crucified him, but he was represented by one in his likeness; and verily they who disagreed concerning him, were in a doubt as to this matter, and had no sure knowledge thereof, but followed only an uncertain opinion. They did not really kill him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:158

بَل رَّفَعَهُ ٱللَّهُ إِلَيْهِ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَزِيزًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)bal rafa'ahu llaahu ilayhi wakaana llaahu 'azeezan hakeemaa

DIN 31635bal rafaʿahu llāhu ʾilayhi wakāna llāhu ʿazīzan ḥakīman

Rather, God raised him up to Himself. God is Mighty and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

But Allah took him up unto Himself. Allah was ever Mighty, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

nay, God raised him up unto Himself; for God is mighty and wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

but God took him up to Himself. And God is Mighty, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

but God took him up unto Himself: And God is mighty and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:159

وَإِن مِّنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ إِلَّا لَيُؤْمِنَنَّ بِهِۦ قَبْلَ مَوْتِهِۦ وَيَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ يَكُونُ عَلَيْهِمْ شَهِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'in min ahli l-kitaabi illaa layu'minanna bihi qabla mawtihi wayawma l-qiyaamati yakoonu 'alayhim shaheedaa

DIN 31635waʾin min ʾahli l-kitābi ʾillā layuʾminanna bihi qabla mawtihi wayawma l-qiyāmati yakūnu ʿalayhim šahīdan

There is none from the People of the Scripture but will believe in him before his death, and on the Day of Resurrection he will be a witness against them.

Compare translations (4)

There is not one of the People of the Scripture but will believe in him before his death, and on the Day of Resurrection he will be a witness against them

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And there shall not be one of the people of the Book but shall believe in him before his death; and on the day of judgment he shall be a witness against them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

There shall not be one of the people of the Book but shall believe in Him before his death, and in the day of resurrection, He will be a witness against them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And there shall not be one of those who have received the scriptures, who shall not believe in him, before his death; and on the day of resurrection he shall be a witness against them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:160

فَبِظُلْمٍ مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ حَرَّمْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ طَيِّبَٰتٍ أُحِلَّتْ لَهُمْ وَبِصَدِّهِمْ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ كَثِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fabizulmin mina lladheena haadoo harramnaa 'alayhim tayyibaatin uhillat lahum wabisaddihim 'an sabeeli llaahi katheeraa

DIN 31635fabiẓulmin mina llaḏīna hādū ḥarramnā ʿalayhim ṭayyibātin ʾuḥillat lahum wabiṣaddihim ʿan sabīli llāhi kaṯīran

The translators word this verse differently

Due to wrongdoing on the part of the Jews, We forbade them good things that used to be lawful for them; and for deterring many from God's path.

Compare translations (4)

Because of the wrongdoing of the Jews We forbade them good things which were (before) made lawful unto them, and because of their much hindering from Allah's way

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And for the injustice of those who are Jews have we forbidden them good things which we had made lawful for them, and for their obstructing so much the way of God

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

For the wickedness of certain Jews, and because they turn many from the way of God, we have forbidden them goodly viands which had been before allowed them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Because of the iniquity of those who judaize, we have forbidden them good things, which had been formerly allowed them; and because they shut out many from the way of God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:161

وَأَخْذِهِمُ ٱلرِّبَوٰا۟ وَقَدْ نُهُوا۟ عَنْهُ وَأَكْلِهِمْ أَمْوَٰلَ ٱلنَّاسِ بِٱلْبَٰطِلِ وَأَعْتَدْنَا لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ مِنْهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'akhdhihimu r-ribaa waqad nuhoo 'anhu wa'aklihim amwaala n-naasi bil-baatili wa'a'tadnaa lilkaafireena minhum 'adhaaban aleemaa

DIN 31635waʾaḫḏihimu r-ribā waqad nuhū ʿanhu waʾaklihim ʾamwāla n-nāsi bil-bāṭili waʾaʿtadnā lilkāfirīna minhum ʿaḏāban ʾalīman

The translators word this verse differently

And for their taking usury, although they were forbidden it; and for their consuming people's wealth dishonestly. We have prepared for the faithless among them a painful torment.

Compare translations (4)

And of their taking usury when they were forbidden it, and of their devouring people's wealth by false pretences, We have prepared for those of them who disbelieve a painful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and for their taking usury when we had forbidden it, and for their devouring the wealth of people in vain,- but we have prepared for those of them who misbehave a grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And because they have taken usury, though they were forbidden it, and have devoured men's substance in frivolity, we have got ready for the infidels among them a grievous torment

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and have taken usury, which was forbidden them by the law, and devoured men's substance vainly: We have prepared for such of them as are unbelievers a painful punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:162

لَّٰكِنِ ٱلرَّٰسِخُونَ فِى ٱلْعِلْمِ مِنْهُمْ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ مِن قَبْلِكَ وَٱلْمُقِيمِينَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَٱلْمُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ سَنُؤْتِيهِمْ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laakini r-raasikhoona fee l-'ilmi minhum wal-mu'minoona yu'minoona bimaa unzila ilayka wamaa unzila min qablika wal-muqeemeena s-salaata wal-mu'toona z-zakaata wal-mu'minoona billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri oolaa'ika sanu'teehim ajran 'azeemaa

DIN 31635lākini r-rāsiḫūna fī l-ʿilmi minhum wal-muʾminūna yuʾminūna bimā ʾunzila ʾilayka wamā ʾunzila min qablika wal-muqīmīna ṣ-ṣalāta wal-muʾtūna z-zakāta wal-muʾminūna billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri ʾūlāʾika sanuʾtīhim ʾaǧran ʿaẓīman

But those among them firmly rooted in knowledge, and the believers, believe in what was revealed to you, and in what was revealed before you; and the observers of prayers, and the givers of charity, and the believers in God and the Last Day-upon these We will bestow an immense reward.

Compare translations (4)

But those of them who are firm in knowledge and the believers believe in that which is revealed unto thee, and that which was revealed before thee, especially the diligent in prayer and those who pay the poor-due, the believers in Allah and the Last Day. Upon these We shall bestow immense reward

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But those amongst them who are firm in knowledge, and the believers who believe in what is revealed to thee, let what is revealed before thee, and the steadfast in prayer, and the givers of alms, and the believers in God and the last day,- unto these we will give a mighty hire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But their men of solid knowledge, and the believers who believe in that which hath been sent down to thee, and in what hath been sent down before thee, and who observe prayer, and pay the alms of obligation, and believe in God and the latter day, - these! we will give them a great reward

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But those among them who are well grounded in knowledge, and the faithful, who believe in that which hath been sent down unto thee, and that which hath been sent down unto the prophets before thee, and who observe the stated times of prayer, and give alms, and believe in God and the last day; unto these will we give a great reward

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:163

إِنَّآ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْكَ كَمَآ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ نُوحٍ وَٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ وَإِسْحَٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ وَٱلْأَسْبَاطِ وَعِيسَىٰ وَأَيُّوبَ وَيُونُسَ وَهَٰرُونَ وَسُلَيْمَٰنَ وَءَاتَيْنَا دَاوُۥدَ زَبُورًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)innaa awhaynaa ilayka kamaa awhaynaa ilaa noohin wan-nabiyyeena min ba'dihi wa'awhaynaa ilaa ibraaheema wa'ismaa'eela wa'ishaaqa waya'qooba wal-'asbaati wa'eesaa wa'ayyooba wayoonusa wahaaroona wasulaymaana wa'aataynaa daawooda zabooraa

DIN 31635ʾinnā ʾawḥaynā ʾilayka kamā ʾawḥaynā ʾilā nūḥin wan-nabiyyīna min baʿdihi waʾawḥaynā ʾilā ʾibrāhīma waʾismāʿīla waʾisḥāqa wayaʿqūba wal-ʾasbāṭi waʿīsā waʾayyūba wayūnusa wahārūna wasulaymāna waʾātaynā dāwūda zabūran

We have inspired you, as We had inspired Noah and the prophets after him. And We inspired Abraham, and Ishmael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the Patriarchs, and Jesus, and Job, and Jonah, and Aaron, and Solomon. And We gave David the Psalms.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! We inspire thee as We inspired Noah and the prophets after him, as We inspired Abraham and Ishmael and Isaac and Jacob and the tribes, and Jesus and Job and Jonah and Aaron and Solomon, and as We imparted unto David the Psalms

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, we have inspired thee as we inspired Noah and the prophets after him, and as we inspired Abraham, and Ishmael, and Jacob, and the tribes, and Jesus, and Job, and Jonas, and Aaron, and Solomon; and to David did we give Psalms

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily we have revealed to thee as we revealed to Noah and the Prophets after him, and as we revealed to Abraham, and Ismael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes, and Jesus, and Job, and Jonah, and Aaron, and Solomon; and to David gave we Psalms

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily We have revealed our will unto thee, as We have revealed it unto Noah and the prophets who succeeded him; and as we revealed it unto Abraham, and Ismael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes, and unto Jesus, and Job, and Jonas, and Aaron, and Solomon; and We have given thee the Koran, as We gave the psalms unto David

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:164

وَرُسُلًا قَدْ قَصَصْنَٰهُمْ عَلَيْكَ مِن قَبْلُ وَرُسُلًا لَّمْ نَقْصُصْهُمْ عَلَيْكَ وَكَلَّمَ ٱللَّهُ مُوسَىٰ تَكْلِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)warusulan qad qasasnaahum 'alayka min qablu warusulan lam naqsushum 'alayka wakallama llaahu moosaa takleemaa

DIN 31635warusulan qad qaṣaṣnāhum ʿalayka min qablu warusulan lam naqṣuṣhum ʿalayka wakallama llāhu mūsā taklīman

Some messengers We have already told you about, while some messengers We have not told you about. And God spoke to Moses directly.

Compare translations (4)

And messengers We have mentioned unto thee before and messengers We have not mentioned unto thee; and Allah spake directly unto Moses

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Of apostles we have already told thee of some before; and of apostles some we have not told thee of;- But Moses did God speak to, speaking

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Of some apostles we have told thee before: of other apostles we have not told thee - And discoursing did God discourse with Moses

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Some apostles have We sent, whom We have formerly mentioned unto thee, and other apostles have We sent, whom We have not mentioned unto thee; and God spake unto Moses, discoursing with him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:165

رُّسُلًا مُّبَشِّرِينَ وَمُنذِرِينَ لِئَلَّا يَكُونَ لِلنَّاسِ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ حُجَّةٌۢ بَعْدَ ٱلرُّسُلِ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَزِيزًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)rusulan mubashshireena wamundhireena li'allaa yakoona lilnnaasi 'alaa llaahi hujjatun ba'da r-rusuli wakaana llaahu 'azeezan hakeemaa

DIN 31635rusulan mubašširīna wamunḏirīna liʾallā yakūna lilnnāsi ʿalā llāhi ḥuǧǧatun baʿda r-rusuli wakāna llāhu ʿazīzan ḥakīman

The translators word this verse differently

Messengers delivering good news, and bringing warnings; so that people may have no excuse before God after the coming of the messengers. God is Powerful and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Messengers of good cheer and of warning, in order that mankind might have no argument against Allah after the messengers. Allah was ever Mighty, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

apostles giving glad tidings and warning, that men should have no argument against God, after the apostles, for God is mighty, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Apostles charged to announce and to warn, that men, after those apostles, might have no plea against God. And God is Mighty, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

apostles declaring good tidings, and denouncing threats, lest men should have an argument of excuse against God, after the apostles had been sent unto them; God is mighty and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:166

لَّٰكِنِ ٱللَّهُ يَشْهَدُ بِمَآ أَنزَلَ إِلَيْكَ أَنزَلَهُۥ بِعِلْمِهِۦ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ يَشْهَدُونَ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ شَهِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laakini llaahu yashhadu bimaa anzala ilayka anzalahu bi'ilmihi wal-malaa'ikatu yashhadoona wakafaa billaahi shaheedaa

DIN 31635lākini llāhu yašhadu bimā ʾanzala ʾilayka ʾanzalahu biʿilmihi wal-malāʾikatu yašhadūna wakafā billāhi šahīdan

But God bears witness to what He revealed to you. He revealed it with His knowledge. And the angels bear witness. Though God is a sufficient witness.

Compare translations (4)

But Allah (Himself) testifieth concerning that which He hath revealeth unto thee; in His knowledge hath He revealed it; and the angels also testify. And Allah is sufficient Witness

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But God bears witness to what He has revealed to thee: He revealed it in His knowledge, and the angels bear witness too; though God is witness enough

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But God is himself witness of what He hath sent down to thee: In His knowledge hath He sent it down to thee. The angels are also its witnesses: but God is a sufficient witness

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God is witness of that revelation which He hath sent down unto thee; He sent it down with his special knowledge: The angels also are witnesses thereof; but God is a sufficient witness

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:167

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَصَدُّوا۟ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ ضَلَٰلًۢا بَعِيدًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo wasaddoo 'an sabeeli llaahi qad dalloo dalaalan ba'eedaa

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū waṣaddū ʿan sabīli llāhi qad ḍallū ḍalālan baʿīdan

The translators word this verse differently

Those who disbelieve and repel from God's path have gone far astray.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who disbelieve and hinder (others) from the way of Allah, they verily have wandered far astray

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who misbelieve and obstruct the way of God, have erred a wide error

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, they who believe not and pervert from the way of God, have indeed erred with error wide of truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who believe not, and turn aside others from the way of God, have erred in a wide mistake

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:168

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَظَلَمُوا۟ لَمْ يَكُنِ ٱللَّهُ لِيَغْفِرَ لَهُمْ وَلَا لِيَهْدِيَهُمْ طَرِيقًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo wazalamoo lam yakuni llaahu liyaghfira lahum walaa liyahdiyahum tareeqaa

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū waẓalamū lam yakuni llāhu liyaġfira lahum walā liyahdiyahum ṭarīqan

The translators word this verse differently

Those who disbelieve and transgress; God is not about to forgive them, nor will He guide them to any path.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who disbelieve and deal in wrong, Allah will never forgive them, neither will He guide them unto a road

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily those who misbelieve and are unjust, God will not pardon them, nor will He guide them on the road

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, those who believe not, and act wrongfully, God will never pardon, and never will he guide them on path

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily those who believe not, and act unjustly, God will by no means forgive, neither will He direct them into any other way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:169

إِلَّا طَرِيقَ جَهَنَّمَ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًا وَكَانَ ذَٰلِكَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ يَسِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)illaa tareeqa jahannama khaalideena feehaa abadan wakaana dhaalika 'alaa llaahi yaseeraa

DIN 31635ʾillā ṭarīqa ǧahannama ḫālidīna fīhā ʾabadan wakāna ḏālika ʿalā llāhi yasīran

Except to the path of Hell, where they will dwell forever. And that is easy for God.

Compare translations (4)

Except the road of hell, wherein they will abide for ever. And that is ever easy for Allah

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

save the road to hell, to dwell therein for aye;- that is easy enough to God

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Than the path to Hell, in which they shall abide for ever! And this is easy for God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

than the way of hell; they shall remain therein for ever: And this is easy with God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:170

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ قَدْ جَآءَكُمُ ٱلرَّسُولُ بِٱلْحَقِّ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ فَـَٔامِنُوا۟ خَيْرًا لَّكُمْ وَإِن تَكْفُرُوا۟ فَإِنَّ لِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa n-naasu qad jaa'akumu r-rasoolu bil-haqqi min rabbikum fa'aaminoo khayran lakum wa'in takfuroo fa'inna lillaahi maa fee s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wakaana llaahu 'aleeman hakeemaa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā n-nāsu qad ǧāʾakumu r-rasūlu bil-ḥaqqi min rabbikum faʾāminū ḫayran lakum waʾin takfurū faʾinna lillāhi mā fī s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi wakāna llāhu ʿalīman ḥakīman

O people! The Messenger has come to you with the truth from your Lord, so believe-that is best for you. But if you disbelieve, to God belongs everything in the heavens and the earth. God is Omniscient and Wise.

Compare translations (4)

O mankind! The messenger hath come unto you with the Truth from your Lord. Therefor believe; (it is) better for you. But if ye disbelieve, still, lo! unto Allah belongeth whatsoever is in the heavens and the earth. Allah is ever Knower, Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye folk! the Apostle has come to you with truth from your Lord: believe then, for it is better for you. But if ye misbelieve, then God's is what is in the heavens and the earth, and God is knowing, wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O men! now hath an apostle come to you with truth from your Lord. Believe then, it will be better for you. But if ye believe not, then, all that is in the Heavens and the Earth is God's; and God is Knowing, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O men, now is the apostle come unto you, with truth from your Lord; believe therefore, it will be better for you. But if ye disbelieve, verily unto God belongeth whatsoever is in heaven and on earth; and God is knowing and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:171

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَا تَغْلُوا۟ فِى دِينِكُمْ وَلَا تَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْحَقَّ إِنَّمَا ٱلْمَسِيحُ عِيسَى ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ رَسُولُ ٱللَّهِ وَكَلِمَتُهُۥٓ أَلْقَىٰهَآ إِلَىٰ مَرْيَمَ وَرُوحٌ مِّنْهُ فَـَٔامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَلَا تَقُولُوا۟ ثَلَٰثَةٌ ٱنتَهُوا۟ خَيْرًا لَّكُمْ إِنَّمَا ٱللَّهُ إِلَٰهٌ وَٰحِدٌ سُبْحَٰنَهُۥٓ أَن يَكُونَ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌ لَّهُۥ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ وَكِيلًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ahla l-kitaabi laa taghloo fee deenikum walaa taqooloo 'alaa llaahi illaa l-haqqa innamaa l-maseehu 'eesaa bnu maryama rasoolu llaahi wakalimatuhu alqaahaa ilaa maryama waroohun minhu fa'aaminoo billaahi warusulihi walaa taqooloo thalaathatun ntahoo khayran lakum innamaa llaahu ilaahun waahidun subhaanahu an yakoona lahu waladun lahu maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi wakafaa billaahi wakeelaa

DIN 31635yā ʾahla l-kitābi lā taġlū fī dīnikum walā taqūlū ʿalā llāhi ʾillā l-ḥaqqa ʾinnamā l-masīḥu ʿīsā bnu maryama rasūlu llāhi wakalimatuhu ʾalqāhā ʾilā maryama warūḥun minhu faʾāminū billāhi warusulihi walā taqūlū ṯalāṯatun ntahū ḫayran lakum ʾinnamā llāhu ʾilāhun wāḥidun subḥānahu ʾan yakūna lahu waladun lahu mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi wakafā billāhi wakīlan

O People of the Scripture! Do not exaggerate in your religion, and do not say about God except the truth. The Messiah, Jesus, the son of Mary, is the Messenger of God, and His Word that He conveyed to Mary, and a Spirit from Him. So believe in God and His messengers, and do not say, "Three." Refrain-it is better for you. God is only one God. Glory be to Him-that He should have a son. To Him belongs everything in the heavens and the earth, and God is a sufficient Protector.

Compare translations (4)

O People of the Scripture! Do not exaggerate in your religion nor utter aught concerning Allah save the truth. The Messiah, Jesus son of Mary, was only a messenger of Allah, and His word which He conveyed unto Mary, and a spirit from Him. So believe in Allah and His messengers, and say not "Three" - Cease! (it is) better for you! - Allah is only One Allah. Far is it removed from His Transcendent Majesty that He should have a son. His is all that is in the heavens and all that is in the earth. And Allah is sufficient as Defender

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye people of the Book! do not exceed in your religion, nor say against God aught save the truth. The Messiah, Jesus the son of Mary, is but the apostle of God and His Word, which He cast into Mary and a spirit from Him; believe then in God and His apostles, and say not 'Three.' Have done! it were better for you. God is only one God, celebrated be His praise that He should beget a Son! His is what is in the heavens and what is in the earth; and God sufficeth for a guardian

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye people of the Book! overstep not bounds in your religion; and of God, speak only truth. The Messiah, Jesus, son of Mary, is only an apostle of God, and his Word which he conveyed into Mary, and a Spirit proceeding from himself. Believe therefore in God and his apostles, and say not, "Three:" (there is a Trinity) - Forbear - it will be better for you. God is only one God! Far be it from His glory that He should have a son! His, whatever is in the Heavens, and whatever is in the Earth! And God is a sufficient Guardian

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O ye who have received the scriptures, exceed not the just bounds in your religion, neither say of God any other than the truth. Verily Christ Jesus the son of Mary is the apostle of God, and his word, which he conveyed into Mary, and a spirit proceeding from him. Believe therefore in God, and his apostles, and say not, there are three Gods; forbear this; it will be better for you. God is but one God. Far be it from Him that He should have a son! Unto Him belongeth whatsoever is in heaven and on earth; and God is a sufficient protector

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

4:172

لَّن يَسْتَنكِفَ ٱلْمَسِيحُ أَن يَكُونَ عَبْدًا لِّلَّهِ وَلَا ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ ٱلْمُقَرَّبُونَ وَمَن يَسْتَنكِفْ عَنْ عِبَادَتِهِۦ وَيَسْتَكْبِرْ فَسَيَحْشُرُهُمْ إِلَيْهِ جَمِيعًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)lan yastankifa l-maseehu an yakoona 'abdan lillaahi walaa l-malaa'ikatu l-muqarraboona waman yastankif 'an 'ibaadatihi wayastakbir fasayahshuruhum ilayhi jamee'aa

DIN 31635lan yastankifa l-masīḥu ʾan yakūna ʿabdan lillāhi walā l-malāʾikatu l-muqarrabūna waman yastankif ʿan ʿibādatihi wayastakbir fasayaḥšuruhum ʾilayhi ǧamīʿan

The Messiah does not disdain to be a servant of God, nor do the favored angels. Whoever disdains His worship, and is too arrogant-He will round them up to Himself altogether.

Compare translations (4)

The Messiah will never scorn to be a slave unto Allah, nor will the favoured angels. Whoso scorneth His service and is proud, all such will He assemble unto Him

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The Messiah doth surely not disdain to be a servant of God, nor do the angels who are nigh to Him; and whosoever disdains His service and is too proud, He will gather them altogether to Himself

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The Messiah disdaineth not to be a servant of God, nor do the angels who are nigh unto Him. And whoso disdaineth His service, and is filled with pride, God will gather them all to Himself

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Christ doth not proudly disdain to be a servant unto God; neither the angles who approach near to his presence: And whoso disdaineth his service, and is puffed up with pride, God will gather them all to Himself, on the last day

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:173

فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ فَيُوَفِّيهِمْ أُجُورَهُمْ وَيَزِيدُهُم مِّن فَضْلِهِۦ وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَنكَفُوا۟ وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ فَيُعَذِّبُهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا وَلَا يَجِدُونَ لَهُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِيًّا وَلَا نَصِيرًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'ammaa lladheena aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati fayuwaffeehim ujoorahum wayazeeduhum min fadlihi wa'ammaa lladheena stankafoo wastakbaroo fayu'adhdhibuhum 'adhaaban aleeman walaa yajidoona lahum min dooni llaahi waliyyan walaa naseeraa

DIN 31635faʾammā llaḏīna ʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti fayuwaffīhim ʾuǧūrahum wayazīduhum min faḍlihi waʾammā llaḏīna stankafū wastakbarū fayuʿaḏḏibuhum ʿaḏāban ʾalīman walā yaǧidūna lahum min dūni llāhi waliyyan walā naṣīran

But as for those who believe and do good works, He will pay them their wages in full, and will increase His grace for them. But as for those who disdain and are too proud, He will punish them with an agonizing punishment. And they will find for themselves, apart from God, no lord and no savior.

Compare translations (4)

Then, as for those who believed and did good works, unto them will He pay their wages in full, adding unto them of His bounty; and as for those who were scornful and proud, them will He punish with a painful doom. And they will not find for them, against Allah, any protecting friend or helper

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But as for those who believe and do what is right, He will pay their hire and will give increase to them of His grace. But as for those who disdain and are too proud, He will punish them with a grievous woe, and they shall not find for them other than God a patron or a help

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And to those who believe and do the things that are right, will He pay them their due recompense, and out of His bounty will He increase them: but as for those who are disdainful and proud, with a grievous chastisement will He chastise them; And none beside God shall they find to protect or to help them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Unto those who believe, and do that which is right, He shall give their rewards, and shall superabundantly add unto them of his liberality: But those who are disdainful and proud, He will punish with a grievous punishment; and they shall not find any to protect or to help them, besides God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:174

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ قَدْ جَآءَكُم بُرْهَٰنٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَأَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكُمْ نُورًا مُّبِينًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa n-naasu qad jaa'akum burhaanun min rabbikum wa'anzalnaa ilaykum nooran mubeenaa

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā n-nāsu qad ǧāʾakum burhānun min rabbikum waʾanzalnā ʾilaykum nūran mubīnan

O people! A proof has come to you from your Lord, and We sent down to you a clear light.

Compare translations (4)

O mankind! Now hath a proof from your Lord come unto you, and We have sent down unto you a clear light

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye folk! proof has come to you from your Lord, and we have sent down to you manifest light

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O men! now hath a proof come to you from your Lord, and we have sent down to you a clear light

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O men, now is an evident proof come unto you from your Lord, and We have sent down unto you manifest light

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:175

فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱعْتَصَمُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَسَيُدْخِلُهُمْ فِى رَحْمَةٍ مِّنْهُ وَفَضْلٍ وَيَهْدِيهِمْ إِلَيْهِ صِرَٰطًا مُّسْتَقِيمًا

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'ammaa lladheena aamanoo billaahi wa'tasamoo bihi fasayudkhiluhum fee rahmatin minhu wafadlin wayahdeehim ilayhi siraatan mustaqeemaa

DIN 31635faʾammā llaḏīna ʾāmanū billāhi waʿtaṣamū bihi fasayudḫiluhum fī raḥmatin minhu wafaḍlin wayahdīhim ʾilayhi ṣirāṭan mustaqīman

As for those who believe in God, and hold fast to Him, He will admit them into mercy and grace from Him, and will guide them to Himself in a straight path.

Compare translations (4)

As for those who believe in Allah, and hold fast unto Him, them He will cause to enter into His mercy and grace, and will guide them unto Him by a straight road

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

As for those who believe in God, and take tight hold of Him, He will make them enter into mercy from Him and grace; and He will guide them to Himself by a right way

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As to those who believe in God and lay fast hold on Him, these will He cause to enter into his mercy and grace, and along the straight way unto Himself will He guide them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who believe in God and firmly adhere to him, He will lead them into mercy from him, and abundance; and He will direct them in the right way to himself

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
4:176

يَسْتَفْتُونَكَ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ يُفْتِيكُمْ فِى ٱلْكَلَٰلَةِ إِنِ ٱمْرُؤٌا۟ هَلَكَ لَيْسَ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌ وَلَهُۥٓ أُخْتٌ فَلَهَا نِصْفُ مَا تَرَكَ وَهُوَ يَرِثُهَآ إِن لَّمْ يَكُن لَّهَا وَلَدٌ فَإِن كَانَتَا ٱثْنَتَيْنِ فَلَهُمَا ٱلثُّلُثَانِ مِمَّا تَرَكَ وَإِن كَانُوٓا۟ إِخْوَةً رِّجَالًا وَنِسَآءً فَلِلذَّكَرِ مِثْلُ حَظِّ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ أَن تَضِلُّوا۟ وَٱللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌۢ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yastaftoonaka quli llaahu yufteekum fee l-kalaalati ini mru'un halaka laysa lahu waladun walahu ukhtun falahaa nisfu maa taraka wahuwa yarithuhaa in lam yakun lahaa waladun fa'in kaanataa thnatayni falahumaa th-thuluthaani mimmaa taraka wa'in kaanoo ikhwatan rijaalan wanisaa'an falildhdhakari mithlu hazzi l-'unthayayni yubayyinu llaahu lakum an tadilloo wallaahu bikulli shay'in 'aleem

DIN 31635yastaftūnaka quli llāhu yuftīkum fī l-kalālati ʾini mruʾun halaka laysa lahu waladun walahu ʾuḫtun falahā niṣfu mā taraka wahuwa yariṯuhā ʾin lam yakun lahā waladun faʾin kānatā ṯnatayni falahumā ṯ-ṯuluṯāni mimmā taraka waʾin kānū ʾiḫwatan riǧālan wanisāʾan falilḏḏakari miṯlu ḥaẓẓi l-ʾunṯayayni yubayyinu llāhu lakum ʾan taḍillū wallāhu bikulli šayʾin ʿalīmun

They ask you for a ruling. Say, "God gives you a ruling concerning the person who has neither parents nor children." If a man dies, and leaves no children, and he had a sister, she receives one-half of what he leaves. And he inherits from her if she leaves no children. But if there are two sisters, they receive two-thirds of what he leaves. If the siblings are men and women, the male receives the share of two females." God makes things clear for you, lest you err. God is Aware of everything.

Compare translations (4)

They ask thee for a pronouncement. Say: Allah hath pronounced for you concerning distant kindred. If a man die childless and he have a sister, hers is half the heritage, and he would have inherited from her had she died childless. And if there be two sisters, then theirs are two-thirds of the heritage, and if they be brethren, men and women, unto the male is the equivalent of the share of two females. Allah expoundeth unto you, so that ye err not. Allah is Knower of all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They will ask thee for a decision; say, 'God will give you a decision concerning remote kinship.' If a man perish and have no child, but have a sister, let her have half of what he leaves; and he shall be her heir, if she have no son. But if there be two sisters, let them both have two thirds of what he leaves; and if there be brethren, both men and women, let the male have like the portion of two females. God makes this manifest to you lest ye err; for God all things doth know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They will consult thee. SAY: God instructeth you as to distant kindred. If a man die childless, but have a sister, half what he shall have shall be her's; and if she die childless he shall be her heir. But if there be two sisters, two-third parts of what he shall have shall be theirs; and if there be both brothers and sisters, the male shall have the portion of two females. God teacheth you plainly, that ye err not! God knoweth all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They will consult thee for thy decision in certain cases; say unto them, God giveth you these determinations, concerning the more remote degrees of kindred. If a man die without issue, and have a sister; she shall have the half of what he shall leave: And he shall be heir to her, in case she have no issue. But if there be two sisters, they shall have between them two third parts of what he shall leave; and of there be several, both brothers and sisters, a male shall have as much as the portion of two females. God declareth unto you these precepts, lest ye err: And God knoweth all things

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

Arabic textTanzil Qur'an text (Uthmani) ·Uthmani, Version 1.1·Tanzil Project ·Creative Commons Attribution 3.0·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Qur'anic text from the Tanzil Project. Copyright (C) 2007-2026 Tanzil Project License: Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Source: tanzil.net · Updates: tanzil.net/updates/ https://tanzil.net/updates/

Translations Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an ·1880 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an ·1734 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an ·1861 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran·Public domain — copyright term expired

Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran ·1930 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations Talal Itani, ClearQuran·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International

Talal Itani, ClearQuran ·ClearQuran, "God" edition, EPUB·Talal Itani / ClearQuran.com ·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International·retrieved 7 Sep 2026

Translation by Talal Itani, ClearQuran.com https://clearquran.com